Sei sulla pagina 1di 574

The American Kenpo Research Council

PRESENTS

THE

AMERICAN KENPO
COMPENDIUM
RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM

A comprehensive look at the standard curriculum


of the 16, 24 and 32 technique systems.

by
Eric Lamkin
DISCLAIMER
This publication is for informational purposes only. Please note that the author and Elite-
Fighters.com are NOT RESPONSIBLE in any manner whatsoever for any injury or death that
may result from the use or misuse from practicing the techniques and/or following the
instructions given within. Since the physical activities described herein may be too
strenuous in nature for some readers to engage in safely, it is essential that a physician be
consulted prior to training.

Copyright © 2006 by Eric Lamkin and Elite-Fighters.com

No part of this work may be reproduced by any mechanical, photographic, magnetic, or


electronic process or otherwise copied for public or private use without prior written
permission of the author.

Printed in the United States of America

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


The
AMERICAN KENPO
COMPENDIUM
RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM

A comprehensive look at the standard curriculum


of the 16, 24 and 32 technique systems.

by
Eric Lamkin
INTRODUCTION

THE FIVE DEVELOPMENTAL


PHASES OF AMERICAN KENPO
The Early Days
American Kenpo Karate has undergone five distinct phases of development as viewed
from the belt curriculum. In its earliest incarnation, the system had only three belt colors—
white, brown, and black—and degrees within the white and brown levels. There was no
standard curriculum until the early 1960’s.

The 32 Technique System


In the early 1960’s, Ed Parker wanted to systemize the curriculum to enable better
franchising of his martial art studios. During this time he created the first teaching manuals
and divided all techniques into four colored belt levels—Orange, Purple, Blue and Green.
Each belt level contained 32 self-defense techniques along with a number of prescribed
basics, forms and sets. In addition, there was a Green-Orange Belt group which consisted
of adding extensions to the 32 techniques found in the Orange Belt.

The 24 Technique System


In time, as new material was added to the system, the belt colors were expanded to
Yellow, Orange, Purple, Blue, Green, 3rd Degree Brown Belt, 2nd Degree Brown Belt, 1st
Degree Brown Belt and Black Belt. To have enough material to teach within these new
levels, the 32 techniques per belt were reduced to 24 per belt and motion was pulled from
forms 4, 5 and 6 to complete categories of motion. In addition, new sets and technique
extensions were introduced by some of his students, which received Mr. Parker’s blessing,
but were not created by him.

The second version of the manual for 24 Technique System corrected the order of some of
the Orange Belt techniques and removed the following techniques from the system:
INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE, AGGRESSIVE TWINS, and SPREADING BRANCHES. In addition, a
technique called THE PINCHER was changed to THE GRASP OF DEATH. The 24 Technique
System became the official curriculum for all schools teaching American Kenpo with the
publication of Infinite Insights Into Kenpo in the early 1980’s.

The 16 Technique System


Prior to Ed Parker’s death, some students introduced the idea of reducing the number of
techniques per belt to 16. Though Ed Parker had a similar idea several years earlier, only
the 24 Technique was sanctioned as the official curriculum.

The idea for a 16 Technique System was popularized by Brian Duffy. He wanted to reduce
the number of techniques at the beginning and spread the curriculum over an additional
2 belt levels. Many commercial schools adopted this new arrangement because it
significantly increased student retention at the early belt levels.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


INTRODUCTION

The Kenpo 5.0 System


In 2006, Jeff Speakman created a hybrid of the last generation version of American Kenpo
by introducing ground fighting principles into the curriculum. In addition, techniques are
taught within combat models that greatly increases spontaneity.

THE PROBLEM
Throughout its development, Ed Parker held true to one idea—standardization. Although
the curriculum evolved over time, he knew that for the art to continue to develop
consistently and to ensure quality, the Kenpo System must be standardized. If every school
and every instructor taught their own version of Kenpo, then rank loses its meaning and the
art itself would begin to fragment. This was clearly evident after his death in 1990.

Shortly after his death, “rank-seekers” began to flourish. New versions of Kenpo began to
emerge to justify their “new” rank and to enable these individuals to obtain exclusive
“knowledge” of the system. This lust for rank and power quickly eroded the status that
Kenpo once held in the martial art community the Ed Parker worked hard to build. Today,
there are more versions of Kenpo and more “10th Degree Black Belts” than there has ever
been throughout its entire history.

Though “rank-seekers” have certainly contributed to the lack of consistency in skill levels,
the systems themselves have done so as well. In the 32 Technique System the curriculum is
spread to 1st Degree Black Belt; in the 24 Technique System the same amount of material is
spread to 3rd Degree Black Belt; and in the 16 Technique System the material is spread to
5th Degree Black Belt. This has lead some individuals to “compare ranks” and adjust their
accordingly. For example, a practitioner who holds a 3rd Degree Black Belt in the 24
Technique System sees a student in the 16 Technique System earn a 5th Degree Black Belt
for learning the same amount of material. So, he “promotes himself” up to 5th Degree
Black Belt to make it “equal”. This has further decreased the quality of practitioners in
American Kenpo.

ABOUT THIS BOOK


I am a strong believer in standardizing the Art. This is not to say that I wish to stagnate the
art and make it a “traditional art”. On the contrary, I feel that it is vital to the survival of
Kenpo, in quality and creativity, to have a common base from which we all begin and
can use as a point of reference. In addition, I feel that it is important to view Kenpo as a
whole throughout its historical development. These were the inspirations for this book.

Using actual historical materials such as film, notes and manuals, I have researched each
self-defense technique to describe its development throughout the history of the Kenpo
System. At a single glance, you can read the orthodox version of the defense as well as
see how it was performed in its early stages. Though I have use the 24 Technique System as
a foundation, this book has been organized to enable a practitioner from any of the three
major systems (16, 24 or 32) to quickly reference the technique.

I hope that you will use this information to achieve a greater appreciation for the art of
American Kenpo and to continue its development as “we all strive for unity and
proficiency in the Art.”

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
YELLOW BELT BLUE BELT 13. Fallen Cross
1. Delayed Sword 1. Twin Kimono 14. Brushing the Storm
2. Alternating Maces 2. Parting Wings 15. Desperate Falcons
3. Sword of Destruction 3. Thundering Hammers 16. Circling the Horizon
4. Deflecting Hammer 4. Swinging Pendulum 17. Gripping Talon
5. Captured Twigs 5. Squeezing the Peach 18. Broken Ram
6. Grasp of Death 6. Circling Wing 19. Circling Destruction
7. Checking the Storm 7. Obstructing the Storm 20. Obscure Claws
8. Mace of Aggression 8. Darting Mace
9. Attacking Mace 9. Hooking Wings 2nd DEGREE BROWN BELT
10. Sword and Hammer 10. Shield and Sword 1. Menacing Twirl
11. Intellectual Departure 11. Gift in Return 2. Leap From Danger
12. Bow of Compulsion 3. Circles of Protection
ORANGE BELT 13. Charging Ram 4. Rotating Destruction
1. Clutching Feathers 14. Sleeper 5. Broken Gift
2. Triggered Salute 15. Cross of Destruction 6. Escape from Death
3. Dance of Death 16. Flight to Freedom 7. Capturing the Storm
4. Thrusting Salute 8. Intercepting the Ram
5. Gift of Destruction GREEN BELT 9. The Back Breaker
6. Locking Horns 1. Begging Hands 10. Deceptive Panther
7. Evading the Storm 2. Thrusting Wedge 11. Twirling Sacrifice
8. Lone Kimono 3. Flashing Wings 12. Heavenly Ascent
9. Glancing Salute 4. Hugging Pendulum 13. Securing the Storm
10. Five Swords 5. Repeated Devastation 14. Falling Falcon
11. Scraping Hoof 6. Destructive Twins 15. Taming the Mace
12. Grip of Death 7. Defying the Storm 16. Defensive Cross
13. Repeating Mace 8. Crossed Twigs 17. Cross of Death
14. Shielding Hammer 9. Snaking Talon 18. Kneel of Compulsion
15. Striking Serpent’s Head 10. Shield and Mace 19. Bowing to Buddha
16. Crashing Wings 11. Retreating Pendulum 20. Glancing Wing
12. Tripping Arrow
PURPLE BELT 13. Wings of Silk 1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT
1. Twirling Wings 14. Conquering Shield 1. Fatal Cross
2. Snapping Twig 15. Entangled Wing 2. Thrust Into Darkness
3. Leaping Crane 16. Raking Mace 3. Circling Fans
4. Buckling Branch 4. Dance of Darkness
5. Crushing Hammer 3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT 5. Falcons of Force
6. Captured Leaves 1. Dominating Circles 6. The Bear and the Ram
7. Calming the Storm 2. Twist of Fate 7. Clipping the Storm
8. Crossing Talon 3. Flashing Mace 8. Circling Windmills
9. Reversing Mace 4. Detour From Doom 9. Leap of Death
10. Thrusting Prongs 5. Gift of Destiny 10. Protecting Fans
11. Locked Wing 6. Blinding Sacrifice 11. Reversing Circles
12. Obscure Wing 7. Returning Storm 12. Courting the Tiger
13. Raining Claw 8. Glancing Spear 13. Gathering of the Snakes
14. Spiraling Twig 9. Encounter with Danger 14. Raining Lance
15. Twisted Twig 10. Gathering Clouds 15. Destructive Fans
16. Obscure Sword 11. Circle of Doom 16. Unfurling Crane
17. Spreading Branch 12. Squatting Sacrifice 17. Unwinding Pendulum

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

18. Grasping Eagles 3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT 5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
19. Parting of the Snakes 1. Twirling Wings 1. Obscure Claws
20. Glancing Lance 2. Snapping Twig 2. Encounter With Danger
3. Leaping Crane 3. Circling Destruction
1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT 4. Swinging Pendulum 4. Detour From Doom
1. Destructive Kneel 5. Crushing Hammer 5. Squatting Sacrifice
2. Entwined Maces 6. Captured Leaves 6. Escape from Death
3. Marriage of the Rams 7. Evading the Storm 7. Brushing the Storm
4. The Ram and the Eagle 8. Charging Ram 8. Menacing Twirl
5. Escape from the Storm 9. Parting Wings 9. Leap from Danger
6. Thrusting Lance 10. Thundering Hammers 10. Circles of Protection
7. Capturing the Rod 11. Squeezing the Peach 11. Circle of Doom
8. Prance of the Tiger 12. Circling Wing 12. Broken Gift
9. Fatal Deviation 13. Calming the Storm 13. Heavenly Ascent
10. Snakes of Wisdom 14. Darting Mace 14. Capturing the Storm
11. Reprimanding the Bears 15. Hooking Wings 15. Conquering Shield
12. Circling the Storm 16. Shield and Sword 16. Taming the Mace
13. Entwined Lance 17. Gift in Return 17. Twirling Sacrifice
14. Broken Rod 18. Bow of Compulsion 18. Cross of Death
15. Twirling Hammers 19. Obstructing the Storm 19. Securing the Storm
16. Piercing Lance 20. Twin Kimono 20. Intercepting the Ram
17. Unfolding the Dark 21. Sleeper 21. Kneel of Compulsion
18. Defying the Rod 22. Spiraling Twig 22. Clipping the Storm
19. Escape From Darkness 23. Cross of Destruction 23. Glancing Wing
20. Twisted Rod 24. Flight to Freedom 24. The Back Breaker

2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT 4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT 6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
1. Clutching Feathers 1. Begging Hands Time in Grade and
2. Triggered Salute 2. Thrusting Wedge Contribution to the Art
3. Dance of Death 3. Flashing Wings
4. Thrusting Salute 4. Hugging Pendulum 7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
5. Gift of Destruction 5. Repeated Devastation Time in Grade and
6. Locking Horns 6. Entangled Wing Contribution to the Art
7. Lone Kimono 7. Defying the Storm 8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
8. Glancing Salute 8. Raking Mace Time in Grade and
9. Five Swords 9. Snaking Talon Contribution to the Art
10. Buckling Branch 10. Shield and Mace
11. Scraping Hoof 11. Retreating Pendulum 9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
12. Grip of Death 12. Tripping Arrow Time in Grade and
13. Crossing Talon 13. Fallen Cross Contribution to the Art
14. Repeating Mace 14. Returning Storm
15. Shielding Hammer 15. Crossed Twigs 10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
16. Striking Serpent’s Head 16. Twist of Fate Reserved for
17. Locked Wing 17. Flashing Mace Senior Grandmaster
18. Obscure Wing 18. Gift of Destiny Edmund Kealoha Parker
19. Reversing Mace 19. Wings of Silk
20. Thrusting Prongs 20. Gripping Talon
21. Twisted Twig 21. Gathering Clouds
22. Obscure Sword 22. Destructive Twins
23. Raining Claw 23. Broken Ram
24. Crashing Wings 24. Circling the Horizon

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


ORTHODOX
24 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
YELLOW BELT 7. Evading the Storm GREEN BELT
1. Delayed Sword 8. Charging Ram 1. Obscure Claws
2. Alternating Maces 9. Parting Wings 2. Encounter With Danger
3. Sword of Destruction 10. Thundering Hammers 3. Circling Destruction
4. Deflecting Hammer 11. Squeezing the Peach 4. Detour From Doom
5. Captured Twigs 12. Circling Wing 5. Squatting Sacrifice
6. Grasp of Death 13. Calming the Storm 6. Escape from Death
7. Checking the Storm 14. Darting Mace 7. Brushing the Storm
8. Mace of Aggression 15. Hooking Wings 8. Menacing Twirl
9. Attacking Mace 16. Shield and Sword 9. Leap from Danger
10. Sword and Hammer 17. Gift in Return 10. Circles of Protection
18. Bow of Compulsion 11. Circle of Doom
ORANGE BELT 19. Obstructing the Storm 12. Broken Gift
1. Clutching Feathers 20. Twin Kimono 13. Heavenly Ascent
2. Triggered Salute 21. Sleeper 14. Capturing the Storm
3. Dance of Death 22. Spiraling Twig 15. Conquering Shield
4. Thrusting Salute 23. Cross of Destruction 16. Taming the Mace
5. Gift of Destruction 24. Flight to Freedom 17. Twirling Sacrifice
6. Locking Horns 18. Cross of Death
7. Lone Kimono BLUE BELT 19. Securing the Storm
8. Glancing Salute 1. Begging Hands 20. Intercepting the Ram
9. Five Swords 2. Thrusting Wedge 21. Kneel of Compulsion
10. Buckling Branch 3. Flashing Wings 22. Clipping the Storm
11. Scraping Hoof 4. Hugging Pendulum 23. Glancing Wing
12. Grip of Death 5. Repeated Devastation 24. The Back Breaker
13. Crossing Talon 6. Entangled Wing
14. Repeating Mace 7. Defying the Storm 3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT
15. Shielding Hammer 8. Raking Mace 1. Glancing Spear
16. Striking Serpent’s Head 9. Snaking Talon 2. Thrust Into Darkness
17. Locked Wing 10. Shield and Mace 3. Circling Fans
18. Obscure Wing 11. Retreating Pendulum 4. Rotating Destruction
19. Reversing Mace 12. Tripping Arrow 5. Falcons of Force
20. Thrusting Prongs 13. Fallen Cross 6. The Bear and the Ram
21. Twisted Twig 14. Returning Storm 7. Raining Lance
22. Obscure Sword 15. Crossed Twigs 8. Desperate Falcons
23. Raining Claw 16. Twist of Fate 9. Leap of Death
24. Crashing Wings 17. Flashing Mace 10. Protecting Fans
18. Gift of Destiny 11. Deceptive Panther
PURPLE BELT 19. Wings of Silk 12. Courting the Tiger
1. Twirling Wings 20. Gripping Talon 13. Gathering of the Snakes
2. Snapping Twig 21. Gathering Clouds 14. Glancing Lance
3. Leaping Crane 22. Destructive Twins 15. Dominating Circles
4. Swinging Pendulum 23. Broken Ram 16. Destructive Fans
5. Crushing Hammer 24. Circling the Horizon 17. Unfurling Crane
6. Captured Leaves 18. Grasping Eagles

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


ORTHODOX 24 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

19. Parting of the Snakes 6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


20. Thrusting Lance Time in Grade and
21. Blinding Sacrifice Contribution to the Art
22. Snakes of Wisdom
23. Entwined Lance 7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
24. Falling Falcon Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art
2ND DEGREE BROWN BELT
1. Fatal Cross 8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
2. Twirling Hammers Time in Grade and
3. Defensive Cross Contribution to the Art
4. Dance of Darkness
5. Marriage of the Rams 9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
6. The Ram and the Eagle Time in Grade and
7. Escape from the Storm Contribution to the Art
8. Circling Windmills
9. Destructive Kneel 10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT
10. Bowing to Buddha Reserved for
11. Reversing Circles Senior Grandmaster
12. Reprimanding the Bears Edmund Kealoha Parker
13. Circling the Storm
14. Unfolding the Dark
15. Unwinding Pendulum
16. Piercing Lance
17. Escape from Darkness
18. Capturing the Rod
19. Prance of the Tiger
20. Broken Rod
21. Entwined Maces
22. Defying the Rod
23. Fatal Deviation
24. Twisted Rod

1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT


Extensions of Orange Belt

1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT


Extensions of Purple Belt

2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT


Extensions of Blue Belt

3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT


Extensions of Green Belt

4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
ORANGE BELT 15. Spiraling Twig 30. Twirling Sacrifice
1. Clutching Feathers 16. Begging Hands 31. Clipping the Storm
2. Triggered Salute 17. Flight to Freedom 32. The Back Breaker
3. Dance of Death 18. Flashing Wings
4. Gift of Destruction 19. Repeated Devastation GREEN BELT
5. Locking Horns 20. Entangled Wing 1. Circling Fans
6. Lone Kimono 21. Defying the Storm 2. Falcons of Force
7. Glancing Salute 22. Raking Mace 3. The Bear and the Ram
8. Five Swords 23. Thrusting Wedge 4. Glancing Spear
9. Scraping Hoof 24. Shield and Mace 5. Raining Lance
10. Grip of Death 25. Tripping Arrow 6. Thrust Into Darkness
11. Crossing Talon 26. Fallen Cross 7. Protecting Fans
12. Shielding Hammer 27. Returning Storm 8. Rotating Destruction
13. Thrusting Salute 28. Crossed Twigs 9. Courting the Tiger
14. Striking Serpent’s Head 29. Flashing Mace 10. The Ram and the Eagle
15. Locked Wing 30. Hugging Pendulum 11. Desperate Falcons
16. Obscure Wing 31. Wings of Silk 12. Glancing Lance
17. Reversing Mace 32. Gathering Clouds 13. Escape from Darkness
18. Buckling Branch 14. Unfurling Crane
19. Thrusting Prongs BLUE BELT 15. Deceptive Panther
20. Twisted Twig 1. Gripping Talon 16. Grasping Eagles
21. Obscure Sword 2. Snaking Talon 17. Gathering of the Snakes
22. Repeating Mace 3. Circling the Horizon 18. Thrusting Lance
23. Raining Claw 4. Retreating Pendulum 19. Unfolding the Dark
24. Crashing Wings 5. Gift of Destiny 20. Destructive Fans
25. Captured Leaves 6. Destructive Twins 21. Marriage of the Rams
26. Evading the Storm 7. Broken Ram 22. Parting of the Snakes
27. Twirling Wings 8. Twist of Fate 23. Dominating Circles
28. Snapping Twig 9. Circling Destruction 24. Piercing Lance
29. Leaping Crane 10. Squatting Sacrifice 25. Leap of Death
30. Crushing Hammer 11. Escape from Death 26. Entwined Maces
31. Circling Wing 12. Obscure Claws 27. Reprimanding the Bears
32. Calming the Storm 13. Circles of Protection 28. Blinding Sacrifice
14. Heavenly Ascent 29. Entwined Lance
PURPLE BELT 15. Brushing the Storm 30. Fatal Deviation
1. Charging Ram 16. Menacing Twirl 31. Snakes of Wisdom
2. Parting Wings 17. Taming the Mace 32. Falling Falcon
3. Thundering Hammers 18. Detour from Doom
4. Squeezing the Peach 19. Cross of Death 3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT
5. Bow of Compulsion 20. Capturing the Storm Extensions of Orange Belt
6. Obstructing the Storm 21. Conquering Shield
7. Darting Mace 22. Encounter with Danger 2ND DEGREE BROWN BELT
8. Shield and Sword 23. Kneel of Compulsion Extensions of Purple Belt
9. Swinging Pendulum 24. Circle of Doom
10. Gift in Return 25. Broken Gift 1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT
11. Cross of Destruction 26. Securing the Storm Extensions of Blue Belt
12. Twin Kimono 27. Intercepting the Ram
13. Hooking Wings 28. Leap from Danger 1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT
14. Sleeper 29. Glancing Wing Extensions of Green Belt

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM

2ND DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

3RD DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

4TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

5TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

6TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

7TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

8TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

9TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Time in Grade and
Contribution to the Art

10TH DEGREE BLACK BELT


Reserved for
Senior Grandmaster
Edmund Kealoha Parker

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Name of Technique

Data Box Contains:


Elements of Technique • Types of Attack,
Basics, Concepts & • Web of Knowledge
Principles and Related Grouping
Techniques contained • Defensive Location
within this self-defense (whether the attack
technique appear here. is on the inside or
outside of the
opponent’s arms)
• Positional
Relationship of Feet
• Direction of Attack
• Location in the 16, 24
or 32 Curriculum*
• Location in Forms

Standard Description
Supplemental Notes The standard method of
Alternate Versions performing the defense
of the technique or appears in BLACK.
supplementary notes
appear in BLUE.

Performance Notes
Details on the
performance of each
move appears in RED.
In addition, if there are
variations in the original
manuals it will appear
here.

*All techniques are hyper-


linked to the techniques lists.
YELLOW BELT

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


DELAYED SWORD
NAME—In this technique, a handsword will be utilized to ATTACK
counter-strike against a lapel grab attack; however, the FRONT
handsword (sword) will be delayed from the first defensive Right Hand Lapel Grab
action by a kick.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance
Hammering Inward Block Inside Right
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass ATTACK DIRECTION
Gravitational Marriage 12:00
Torque
Control of the Dimensional Zones
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Contouring
Open-Ended Triangle 16 System
Yellow #1
RELATED TECHNIQUES Orthodox 24 System
Sword of Destruction Yellow #1
Deflecting Hammer 32 System
Intellectual Departure Not Found
Falcons of Force
Five Swords
FORM LOCATION
NONE

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


1
DELAYED SWORD

TECHNIQUE
•This technique was originally 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
called Retreating Sword. In this neutral bow stance as you deliver a right hammering
version, the handsword inward block to the inside of the opponent’s right arm.
immediatley followed the block
and a right front snapping ball
Your left hand is positioned at solar plexus level to act as
kick to the opponent’s groin a positional check.
concluded the technqiue. After
the kick was delivered, the right •By stepping away from your opponent, you increase the distance
foot planted back toward 6:00. and give yourself more time to defend.
Unfortunately, many students
were retreating too early and, in •A general rule is to get your distance first AND THEN the rotation.
effect, moving away from the
handsword strike. To correct this •The right inward block should not knock the opponent’s arm away
error, the technique was as it would create a rotation and may invite the opponent’s left
changed by “delaying” the hand into action. Instead, your right arm makes contact just below
handsword with the kick. the opponent’s elbow and frictionally pulls toward the opponent’s
right wrist. This will create an Angle of Disturbance and momentarily
•This technique was originally control his Dimensional Zones.
taught as a defense against a
punch. In later versions of Kenpo,
2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the
it was placed at the #1 position in
Yellow Belt was made into a opponent’s groin.
defense against a lapel grab. It
should be noted that in its present •This kick will control the opponent’s Height Zone by forcing him to
form, this technique is better bend forward at the waist. It will also provide you with Borrowed
suited as a defense against a Reach for the next target.
punch or an attempted lapel
grab. Once the grab is made, •The kick may travel through a transitional cat stance prior to kicking.
however, the concept of “Get
the Upper Hand” must follow. In 3. Plant toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance
such circumstances, utilize the
following variation:
to check the opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously
deliver a right outward downward diagonal handsword
Step 1 strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck.
With your left hand pin the Immediately slide your right hand (after the strike) to his
opponent’s right hand to your left
right wrist to act as a precautionary check (rebounding
shoulder as you step back with
your left foot and form a right check).
neutral bow stance. This action
should pull the opponent’s right •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicates planting toward 11:00. This will
arm controlling his Dimensional ensure that the buckle to the right leg is properly executed.
Zones. Deliver a right hammering
inward block to either the nerves •Some practitioners plant in a right wide kneel stance to utilize
inside his right arm or, if range Gravitational Marriage.
allows, to the bridge of his nose.

Steps 2-3
[SAME]
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


2
ALTERNATING MACES
NAME—A mace was an ancient weapon of war that ATTACK
consisted of a stick and some type of weighted striking FRONT
surface at one end. In this defense your arms (maces) will Two Hand Push
alternate in their defensive actions.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Block Above
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Vertical Punch POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
ATTACK DIRECTION
Torque
12:00
Back Up Mass
Bracing Angle
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
RELATED TECHNIQUES 16 System
Raining Claw Yellow #2
Snaking Talon Orthodox 24 System
Circling Fans Yellow #2
Reversing Mace 32 System
Not found

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


3
ALTERNATING MACES

TECHNIQUE
•The defense is sometimes called 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
ALTERNATING MACE. neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
inward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm.
•In the Ideal Phase, the
opponent steps forward with his
Your left hand checks at solar plexus level.
right foot as he pushes with both
hands. •This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone and redirects his
forward body momentum.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 12:00 as you collapse your right arm to check
above the opponent’s arms and simultaneously deliver a
left thrusting vertical punch to his sternum.

•In the orthodox method, your left arm punches over your right arm.
Some practitioners punch under the right arm. This will depend upon
the circumstances. Care should be take, however, not to clear the
opponent’s arms down into your left punch.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right outward
horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right
temple. Your left hand checks, palm open, on top of his
arms.

•Your right arm travels inside and over your left arm.

•The torque stemming from your stance change increases the


whipping action of your right arm by utilizing counter rotation.

•Your right hand snaps back and acts as a positional check.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


4
SWORD OF DESTRUCTION
NAME—The name “destruction” is a symbolic term used to ATTACK
describe an action stemming from the left side of the body. FRONT:
In this defense, a left (destruction) punch is attempted Left roundhouse
which is defended with an extended outward block and punch
countered with a handsword (sword) to the left side of the
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
opponent’s neck. Punches
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Technique
Inside
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Right to left
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 12:00
Back-Up Mass
Torque
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Gravitational Marriage
16 System
Angle of Disturbance
Contouring Yellow #3
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #3
RELATED TECHNIQUES 32 System
Delayed Sword Not found
Deflecting Hammer
Intellectual Departure FORM LOCATION
Shielding Hammer
None
BASE FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


5
SWORD OF DESTRUCTION

TECHNIQUE
• 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
extended outward block to the inside of the opponent’s
left forearm. Your left hand should cover in front of your
solar plexus.

•You may insert a left minor inward parry as an added defensive


measure.

2. Slide your right foot back into a transitional right 45-


degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front
snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin.

•This will control the opponent’s Height Zone.

•By pivoting into a cat stance, you will rotate your upper body to
face the opponent. This will enable you to add rotational force with
the next strike (handsword strike). Your shoulders are essentially
“cocking” for the strike.

3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of
the opponent’s neck. Immediately snap your right hand
back to act as a check.

•Your right arm contours the inside of the opponent’s left arm to find
its target.

•Utilize Marriage of Gravity with the handsword strike.

•After snapping your right hand back, keep your right elbow
anchored to act as a positional check to your right rib cage.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated snapping your right hand
back to check the opponent’s left shoulder. The 1975 IKKA Red
Manual indicated snapping your right hand back to check the left
inner wrist of the opponent.

•Your right leg acts as a Positional Check to the opponent’s left leg.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


6
DEFLECTING HAMMER
NAME—The name of this technique refers to the Angle of ATTACK
Deflection that the downward blocking arm follows. A FRONT
downward block (hammering) is used to deflect the Right Thrusting Ball Kick
opponent’s kick.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Kicks
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Downward Diagonal Block Outside
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Inward Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Cut Circle in Half ATTACK DIRECTION
Compact Unit
12:00
Borrowed Force

RELATED TECHNIQUES CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Delayed Sword 16 System
Sword of Destruction Yellow #4
Mace of Aggression Orthodox 24 System
Intellectual Departure Yellow #4
Buckling Branch 32 System
Dance of Darkness Not found

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


7
DEFLECTING HAMMER

TECHNIQUE
•Some instructors teach this as a 1. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 to form a right
defense against a right side kick neutral bow stance as you simultaneously execute a right
beginning in a right neutral bow outward downward diagonal block to the outside of the
stance. If you begin this defense
in a right neutral bow stance,
opponent’s right leg. Your left hand checks high.
execute a reverse push-drag
maneuver simultaneously with •Stepping toward 7:30 moves you off the Line of Attack and your
your right outward downward right hand travels from 11:00 to 5:00. If you step back to 6:00, your
diagonal block. right hand travels from 10:30 to 4:30. In other words, if you step on the
“+” sign, you block on the “X”; if you step on the “X”, you block on
the “+” sign. Experience will show that it is more advantageous to
step on the “X”. In this instance, your block essentially becomes a
parry.

•When the block is properly executed, the opponent’s body will turn
slightly to his left. The block should additionally control his Width by
turning him as well as cause injury to his leg.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “right deflecting
downward block” that travels from 11:00 to 5:00.

2. Without hesitation, execute a forward push-drag


maneuver to deliver a right inward elbow strike to the
opponent’s right rib cage or face. Your left hand checks
inward toward and between the opponent’s right
shoulder and biceps.

•Your left check will slightly precede your right inward elbow strike.

•If you check the opponent’s down, deliver the elbow to his face; if
you check his arm across, deliver the elbow to his ribs.

•A downard deflecting block is used because it simultaneously blocks


and cocks your right arm for the elbow strike. If your block traveled
from 9:00 to 3:00, you will have to draw your right arm back before
you could deliver the elbow strike. By blocking toward the rear, you
place your arm in the rear-most position. All you have to do is bend
at the elbow and your arm is in position, and cocked, for the elbow
strike.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


8
CAPTURED TWIGS
NAME—The term twigs is used to symbolically represent your ATTACK
arms. In this defense the opponent has pinned (captured) REAR
your arms against your body. Bear Hug
with arms pinned

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Holds and Hugs
Horse Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
90-Degree Cat Stance Inside
Upward Snapping Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Stomp Kick Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
ATTACK DIRECTION
Torque
Gravitational Marriage 6:00
Contouring
Borrowed Force CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
RELATED TECHNIQUES Yellow #5
Crushing Hammer Orthodox 24 System
Squeezing the Peach Yellow #5
Spiraling Twig 32 System
Squatting Sacrifice
Not Found

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


9
CAPTURED TWIGS

TECHNIQUE
•This defense illustrates stepping 1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance
to the side to expose the facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponent’s hands
opponent’s vulnerable targets to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right back
that lie along the centerline. It
also introduces the concept of
hammerfist strike to his groin.
the Obscure Zone.
•The hammerfist strike should cause the opponent to bend forward at
the waist and possibly release his grip.

•When you form your horse stance, brace your buttocks on his left
thigh to control his Dimensional Zones. By dropping your weight, you
control his Height Zone.

•By pinning his hands, you will prevent any unanticipated reactions.

•A right rear heel palm strike to the groin and grab to the testicles
may be delivered to increase the possiblity of an early release.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual incorrectly stated which of the


opponent’s hands are cleared by your right and left hands.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right 90-degree cat stance


facing 3:00 as your left hand releases the pin and clears
your opponent’s left arm to cover in front of your face
and your right arm clears the opponent’s right arm to
cover in front of your groin. Immediately deliver a right
upward snapping vertical obscure elbow strike
underneath the opponent’s chin. As your right arm strikes
his chin, your left hand covers in front of your groin.

•If you pivot quickly enough, you will cause the grip to be broken by
suddenly increasing the relative positioning of your Depth Zone. An
outward shoulder strike (minor strike) to his chest may also be
inserted during this phase.

•Immediately snap your right arm back to its covering position in front
of your groin and your left hand returns to cover your face. This is also
known as the “Changing of the Guard”.

•Take advantage of the opponent’s reaction of bending forward by


simultaneously delivering the right upward snapping vertical elbow
strike. This employs the principle of Borrowed Force.

•Contour the opponent’s chest and track along his centerline to find
the target for the obscure elbow strike.

•Your right palm will face the opponent’s body during the elbow
strike. This will assist with the proper Angle of Delivery.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual inserted a right downward foot stomp
to the opponent’s right instep and then sliding off to form a horse
stance prior to delivering the right obscure elbow strike for the
purpose of bending him forward.

•Some practitioners end this defense with the obscure elbow strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


10
CAPTURED TWIGS

3. Deliver with a right thrusting knife edge kick to the inside


of the opponent’s right knee. Scrape down his shin and
end with a right downward stomp to his right instep or
ankle.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


11
THE GRASP OF DEATH
NAME—A headlock is a vice-like grip that can result in your ATTACK
death; hence, THE GRASP OF DEATH. This defense is also LEFT FLANK
known as THE PINCHER. Right Arm Headlock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Locks
Base
Close Kneel Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Outside
Arm Bar Lock
Transitory Forward Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Snapping Inverted Vertical Punch Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
ATTACK DIRECTION
Distract
9:00
Contouring
Leveraging
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
RELATED TECHNIQUES 16 System
Grip of Death Yellow #6
Escape from Death Orthodox 24 System
Crossing Talon Yellow #6
32 System
None

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


12
THE GRASP OF DEATH

TECHNIQUE
• 1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
chest as you step forward with your right foot toward
12:00 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your
left knee to check and control the opponent’s right
knee. Simultaneously countergrab the opponent’s right
wrist with your right hand. Use your left hand to grab the
flesh of his right inner thigh.

•Depending upon circumstances you may need to step toward


10:30.

•A left reverse handsword strike may preceed the crab hand pinch.

•Some practitioners deliver a left underhand heel palm strike and


grab the groin.

2. As the opponent reacts, pass his right arm over your


head and anchor your right arm to your right hip to
control his height.


3. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you use your left forearm to apply
a right arm bar lock and force the opponent to bend
forward at his waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

4. Roll your left forearm on the back of the opponent’s right


elbow until it is parallel to the ground and slide your left
hand to grab and control his right elbow.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left transitory forward


bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right downward
snapping inverted vertical punch to the opponent’s
mastoid process. Pivot back into your left neutral bow
stance after delivering the punch.

•The 1987 IKKA Red Manual did not mention that the fist should be
inverted but it did appear in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual. Many
practitioners simply deliver a downard vertical punch to the mastoid;
however, the purpose of inverting the fist is to place the two large
knuckles of your hand on the target.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


13
CHECKING THE STORM
NAME—Checking is method used to hinder or prevent an ATTACK
opponent’s actions either through direct or indirect means. FRONT
Storm is a symbolic term used to denote attack made with a Right Step Through
stick, club or baton. In this technique you will utilize Overhead Club Attack
defensive methods designed to prevent or check the stick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
(storm) attack. Weapons (stick)
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Technique
Inside
Inward Parry
45-Degree Cat Stance
Extended Outward Handsword Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Left to Right
Modified Front Twist Stance
Snapping Knife-Edge Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Neutral Bow Stance 12:00
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
16 System
RELATED TECHNIQUES Yellow #7
Calming the Storm Orthodox 24 System
Circling the Horizon Yellow #7
Escape form the Storm 32 System
Sword of Destruction Not found

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


14
CHECKING THE STORM

TECHNIQUE
• 1. With your right foot, step toward 3:00 as you defend with
a right inward parry. Immediately slide your left foot
toward your right foot and form a left 45-degree cat
stance facing 10:30 as you defend with a left extended
outward handsword block to the right inner wrist of the
opponent. Your right hand (hand open) acts as a check
in front of your solar plexus.

•The defense motions are designed to check the attack and not
block them. Your defense footwork should move you off the Line of
Attack and away from danger. They should be executed in one
smooth continuous motion.

•Your left foot will point toward the opponent’s groin (centerline).

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual described using a right inward block.
This has caused some confusion with practitioners thinking that they
needed to block the weapon. Your footwork evasion should do all
the work for you; your hands are used as an added defense.

•In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics


derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left
counterclockwise snake disarm may be inserted.

2. Without hesitation, deliver a left front snapping ball kick


to the opponent’s groin.

•This kick will cause the opponent to bend forward at his waist
thereby controlling his Height and Width Zones.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described using a “left/right chicken kick”
using the left foot to strike the opponent’s groin and the right foot to
strike his solar plexus. It further describes planting your right foot back
to 4:30 to form a left neutral bow stance and placing your hands in a
defensive position. A later revision eliminated the right kick and
added the following strikes:

3. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) in a modified left front


twist stance toward 10:00 and immediately deliver a right
snapping knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s
right knee.

•Plant your left foot in a modified left front twist stance to properly
align your body for the kick.

•This kick should cause the opponent’s right knee to bend out and
away from you and bring his head closer.

•As you turn your body to kick, you will simultaneoulsy cock your right
arm for the following strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


15
CHECKING THE STORM

4. Plant your right foot toward 10:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle

strike to the opponent’s left temple. Your left hand
remains checking at your solar plexus.

•This strike should drive the opponent’s head away from you and
possibley cause his body to drop to the ground.

•Another version of this technique directed the kick to be delivered


to the inside of the opponent’s left knee. This will turn the opponent’s
body counterclockwise and present his right ribcage or right temple
as targets.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


16
MACE OF AGGRESSION
NAME—In this technique, the fist (mace) will be used in a ATTACK
raking method of attack while you are being pulled toward FRONT
the opponent. The action of a rapid and aggressive forward Two Hand Lapel Grab
step accompanies the raking fist. Hence the name, Mace of (pulling in)
Aggression.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance
Above Both
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Get the upper hand ATTACK DIRECTION
Anchoring 12:00
Purposeful Compliance
Gauging Distance
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
RELATED TECHNIQUES
16 System
Snapping Twig Yellow #8
Twin Kimono Orthodox 24 System
Raking Mace Yellow #8
Heavenly Ascent 32 System
Destructive Twins Not found
Deflecting Hammer
FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


17
MACE OF AGGRESSION

TECHNIQUE
•This defense is sometimes used 1. Pin the opponent’s hands with your left hand as you
against a two hand lapel grab simultaneously deliver a right forward stomp kick to his
pulling into a head butt strike. right foot (landing in a right neutral bow stance) with a
right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle
strike to the bridge of his nose.

•The right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle strikes


follows a diagonal line toward 10:30.

•As you pin the opponent’s hand to your chest, anchor your left
elbow to prevent the opponent from gaining enough leverage to
escape.

•A left inward heel palm strike and claw to the right side of the
opponent’s face may be inserted prior to pinning.

•By utilizing Purposeful Compliance, your attack will be enhanced


and your stability maintained.

•As you deliver the right inward downward diagonal raking


hammerfist strike, the lower case portion or your right arm may strike
the opponent’s left elbow to create a fulcruming effect on his elbow
and/or wirst.

•Begin your right forward stomp kick as a knife edge kick to his right
knee.scrape down his shin and end with a stomp to his instep. The
knife edge kick will widen his stance and control his Dimensional
Zones.

•Some practitioners utilize a modified right close kneel stance when


delivering the right downward stomp kick.

•Some practitioners prefix a right vertical thrust punch to the face to


control the opponent’s Depth Zone .

2. Continue the motion of your right arm so that it travels


horizontally and downward striking on top of your
opponent’s forearms which will cause him to bend
forward.

•Your right arm acts as a horizontal sliding check across his arms. This
serves several purposes: first, it acts as a method of controlling his
Dimensional Zones; second, it prepares your right arm (cocking) for
the next strike; and third, it brings him into range for your close range
weapons (elbows).

•Caution should be taken when striking downward on his arms as a


head butt may be accidentally invited. To prevent this, you may
apply more downward pressure on his left arm thus causing him to
be guided on a downward diagonal direction.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


18
MACE OF AGGRESSION

3. Immediately deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike


to the left side of his jaw.

•Follow through with the elbow strike.

4. Finish with a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the


right side of his jaw.

•You may shuffle forward with this final elbow strike if circumstances
dictate. Time the completion of your shuffle (forward push-drag
maneuver) to occur simultaneously with the elbow strike to take
advantage of body momentum.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


19
ATTACKING MACE
NAME—In this defense, the opponent attacks with a step ATTACK
through punch (mace). Mace is a symbolic term used to FRONT
describe a closed fist. right, step-through
punch
BASICS
Technique WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Neutral Bow Stance Punches
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Straight Thrust Punch Outside
Roundhouse Kick
Forward Bow Stance
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Snapping Vertical Punch
Left to right
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass ATTACK DIRECTION
Torque 12:00
Body Momentum
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
RELATED TECHNIQUES 16 System
Thundering Hammers Yellow #9
Sleeper
Orthodox 24 System
Dance of Death
Yellow #9
32 System
Not found

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


20
ATTACKING MACE

TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
inward block to the outside of the opponent’s right arm.
Your right hand cocks near your solar plexus slightly
forward with the palm up and the fist clenched.

•The action will turn the Width of the opponent and close his
centerline; thereby, controlling his Width Zone and his left punch.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right straight thrust
punch to the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Your left
hand acts as a check against the opponent’s right
elbow.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist
and move him slightly backward exposing his centerline.

•This punch controls his Depth Zone.

3. Circle your right hand counterclockwise and track along


his right arm ending with a grab to his right wrist.
Immediately pull his arm diagonally down past your right
hip as you simultaneously deliver a right roundhouse kick
to the opponent’s groin. During this action, cock your left
hand slightly above your left ribcage palm upward with
the fist clenched.

•Tracking along his arm gives you a Margin for Error.

•Depending upon circumstances, you may deliver a right front


snapping ball kick to the inside of his left knee or a right front
snapping instep kick to his groin.

•Pull the opponent’s arm down along the Angle of Cancellation to


control his width and his rear (left) arm.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right front snapping ball
kick to the opponent’s right rib cage or solar plexus. The technique
ended at this point by planting your right foot back toward 7:30
(“between 7 and 8 o’clock”) with your hands up in a fighting
position.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


21
ATTACKING MACE

4. Plant forward and form a right forward bow stance


facing 12:00 to check the inside of the opponent’s right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a left snapping vertical
punch to his right kidney.

•Your right foot will contour the opponent’s right leg and plant next to
the inside of the opponent’s right foot.

•Some practitioners utilize a left uppercut punch to the right rib cage
or the right kidney. Others utilize a diagonal punch to contour the
opponent’s rib cage. In the case of the latter, your left fist will be
angled along the 10:40-4:30 line.

•Some practitioners plant and form a right close kneel stance.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


22
SWORD AND HAMMER
NAME—In this technique, a handsword and a hammerfist ATTACK
are used as the principle weapons to counter-strike the RIGHT FLANK
opponent. The term sword is symbolic for a handsword and Left Hand
the term hammer is symbolic for a hammerfist. Hence the Shoulder Grab
name, Sword and Hammer.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Fighting Horse Stance
Inside Left
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Rear Hammerfist Strike
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Right to Left
Torque
Gravitational Marriage ATTACK DIRECTION
Get the upper hand 3:00
Pinning
Open Ended Triangle
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Contouring
16 System
Tracking
Fitting Yellow #10
Settling Orthodox 24 System
Borrowed Force Yellow #10
32 System
RELATED TECHNIQUES Not Found
Obscure Sword
Falcons of Force FORM LOCATION
Obscure Claws
NONE
Obscure Wing
Snakes of Wisdom
Sword of Destruction

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


23
SWORD AND HAMMER

TECHNIQUE
•This technique is often taught as 1. Pin the opponent’s left hand to your shoulder with your
an example how the Kenpo Self- left hand. Simultaneously step toward 3:00 and form a
Defense Techniques contain built- right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right outward
in answers to many What If
scenarios. For example, if the
horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat.
opponent is attacking with a left
hand grab followed by a right •The opponent is standing between 3 and 4 o’clock.
hand punch, the right outward
handsword may be used strike his •Your initial action should be to pin the opponent’s hand to your
right shoulder and prevent his shoulder (get the upper hand). This will eliminate the possibility of him
ability to punch (controlling the striking you (intentionally or unintentionally) with his left hand.
Width Zone). If the opponent
attempts to punch AFTER your •When you step to 3:00, check the opponent’s left leg with your right
handsword strike, you can take leg. You should step deep enough to buckle or control his left leg.
advantage of your right arm’s
path of travel and defend with a •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you should step toward
right inward block. 2:00 and form your horse stance (in this case, the opponent is
standing at 3:00).

2. As the opponent reacts to your handsword strike, deliver


a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin.

•When you strike his groin, take advantage of the borrowed reach
that exists due to his reaction to the handsword strike.

NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


24
ORANGE BELT

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


CLUTCHING FEATHERS
NAME—This technique receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which the opponent grabs (clutches) your hair (feathers). FRONT
Left Hand Hair Grab

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Grabs and Tackles
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Middle Knuckle Fist Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Inside Left
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extended Outward Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Right to Left
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Downward (Rear) Hammerfist Strike 12:00
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Front Twist Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Vertical Punch 16 System
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Orange #1
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Orthodox 24 System
Threading Knee Kick
Orange #1
Outward Heel Palm Strike
32 System
Inward Circular Five-Finger Claw
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Orange #1
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick FORM LOCATION
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Opposing Forces
Frictional Pull
Open Ended Triangle
Progressive Directional Harmony

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
Bow of Compulsion
Hooking Wings
Glancing Spear
Sword of Destruction

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


25
CLUTCHING FEATHERS

BASE TECHNIQUE
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual 1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your
described the technique in the head. Simultaneously step to 6:00 and form a right
following manner: neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical middle
Step 1
knuckle fist strike to the nerves in the opponent’s left arm
Pin the opponent’s hand to your pit.
head as you step back with your
left foot and form a right neutral •The mechanics of this first motion mirrors the motions found in LONE
bow stance as you deliver a right KIMONO.
vertical thrusting middle knuckle
fist strike. •By applying the pinning check with your left hand, you will neutralize
the opponent’s ability to create pain. This pin should be made
Step 2 downward toward your head as your head presses unnoticably
While in your neutral bow stance, upward. This will create a vice-like effect and cause pain to the
strike to the inside of the opponent’s left hand.
opponent’s left forearm with a
right vertical outward block as •As it is pinning, your left arm should be in an upward block position
your left hand cocks palm up at (positional block) shielding your head and face from strikes that
your left hip. could be delivered from his right hand.

Step 3 •When you step back, your head should move with your body. In
Pivot clockwise and form a right addition, the step back will control his Dimensional Zones and create
forward bow stance as you an Angle of Disturbance.
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw while switching
2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
your vertical outward block into
an extended outward block. you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to the
opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a right extended
Note the elimination of Step 2 in outward block to the inside of your opponent’s left arm.
the modern description.
•Before you pivot into your right forward bow stance, strike to the
inside of your opponent’s left forearm with a right vertical outward
block. As you pivot into the right forward bow stance, your right arm
will form an extended outward block.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the self-defense technique with
the thrusting heel palm strike.

•Unlike the method described in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual, the
modern method of executing the thrusting heel palm strike is to allow
your left hand to slide down to the side of your head prior to
delivering the strike. This allows you to align your heel palm properly
along the path of travel.

•You can elongate your circle and strike in a clockwise motion by


utiliizing a right outward upward diaongal raking back knuckle strike
or even a claw or eye slice/poke prior to delivering your extended
outward block.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


26
CLUTCHING FEATHERS

3. Finish with a right inward downward diagonal raking


back knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s
nose as you pivot counterclockwise back into your right
neutral bow stance.

•Strike the opponent’s jaw with your thrusting heel palm strike as his
head snaps forward in reaction to the thrusting heel palm strike
(whiplash effect). This will enable you to take advantage of
Borrowed Reach.

•The updated 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the raking back
knuckle strike should be delivered in a horizontally inward direction.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


27
CLUTCHING FEATHERS

EXTENSION
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual 4. Without disrupting the flow of motion of your right hand,
described the base technique pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow
and extension as follows: stance facing 12:00 and convert your right hand into a
Step 1
right downward (rear) hammerfist strike to the
Pin the opponent’s hand to your opponent’s groin. Your left hand should be positionally
head as you step back with your checking by the right side of your face.
left foot and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right
5. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a right neutral
vertical thrusting middle knuckle
fist strike. bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle
strike to the right side of the opponent’s face. Your left
Step 2 hand will be positionally checking at rib cage level.
While in your neutral bow stance,
strike to the inside of the
opponent’s left forearm with a
6. Slide your left foot forward and in front of your right foot
right vertical outward block as forming a left front twist stance facing 12:00. Prior to your
your left hand cocks palm up at left foot planting, deliver a left vertical punch to the
your left hip. opponent’s sternum simultaneously with your right
forearm horizontally checking below your left punch. As
Step 3
Pivot clockwise and form a right your left foot plants into the twist stance, execute a right
forward bow stance as you inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the
deliver a left thrusting heel palm opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a left inward
strike to his jaw while switching horizontal heel palm strike to create a sandwiching
your vertical outward block into
an extended outward block.
effect.

Step 4 •This sequence employs the concept of Progressive Directional


I m m e d i a t e l y p i v o t Harmony.
counterclockwise and form a
right neutral bow stance as you 7. Deliver a right threading knee kick to the opponent’s
deliver a right inward raking back
groin as you simultaneously execute a right outward heel
knuckle strike across the bridge of
the opponent’s nose. palm strike to this solar plexus and a left inward circular
five-finger claw across his face.
Step 5
Without a loss of motion, pivot 8. Hook around the left side of the opponent’s neck with
counterclockwise and form a
right reverse bow stance as you
your left hand and pull his head forward and downward.
deliver a right downward (rear) Simultaneously plant into a right neutral bow stance as
hammerfist to the opponent’s you deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to
groin. the back of his neck.
Step 6
•Keep your left elbow anchored as you pull him downward.
From the right reverse bow
stance, execute a right rear
scoop kick to the opponent’s 9. Pivot into a transitional right reverse bow stance as you
groin. roll your right forearm clockwise to hook your opponent’s
head and guide it downward and toward your right leg.
Step 7
From the kick, execute a right
Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to his face.
front crossover and double
coverout. 10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
Note: No Angle of Departure was
specified.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


28
TRIGGERED SALUTE
NAME—In this defense, we allow the opponent’s push to ATTACK
trigger our defensive reaction and deliver a thrusting palm FRONT
strike (salute). Right Hand
direct push

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Inside
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Thrusting Vertical Back Knuckle Strike Right to Right
Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Thrusting Handsword Strike
12:00
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Thrusting Uppercut Punch
Rear Twist Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Claw 16 System
Back Elbow Strike Orange #2
Reverse Bow Stance Orthodox 24 System
Downward Hammerfist Strike Orange #2
Thrusting Knee Kick 32 System
Orange #2
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage FORM LOCATION
Torque None
Anchoring
Frictional Pull

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Glancing Salute
Gripping Talon

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


29
TRIGGERED SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s right hand
against your chest as you step forward (toward 11:00)
with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance
to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
his chin.

•Deliver the heel palm strike from Point of Origin. Do not cock for the
strike.

2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and
frictionally slide down the opponent’s right arm to hook
his right arm toward 5:30. Round the Corner and deliver a
right inward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus.

•The frictional pull will bring the opponent’s upper body forward and
diagonally to his right.

•This action can create a wrench against his right arm. During this
action, the opponent’s right arm may be straight or bent.

•Enroute to the crane to this right arm, execute a right inward rotating
five-finger claw across his face and eyes.

•The crane hand should actually strike the opponent’s biceps.

3. Follow through with your elbow strike and immediately


return with a right outward horizontal elbow strike to his
right floating ribs. Using Residual Torque, continue with a
right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his right
floating rib or kidney and immediately cock your right fist
to your right hip.

4. Without any loss of motion, deliver a right thrusting


vertical back knuckle strike under the opponent’s chin.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


30
TRIGGERED SALUTE

EXTENSION
5. Deliver a right thrusting handsword strike to the
opponent’s right shoulder. Immediately check his right
arm downward with your right hand and deliver a left
inward overhead heel palm strike and claw to his face.

•The uppercut punch in the Base Technique is eliminated. After your


right outward horizontal elbow and back knuckle strikes, go
immediatley into the thrusting handsword to his right shoulder.

•The thrusting handsword strike to his right shoulder controls his Width
Zone; however, striking his right shoulder may send his left arm into
orbit toward you. Therefore, many modern practioners deliver the
thrusting handsword strike to his left shoulder. If you strike to his left
shoulder, you may also insert a right inward claw across his face
enroute to checking his right arm down.

•Many practitioners pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow


stance to enhance the range and effectiveness of the left inward
overheadheel palm strike and claw.

6. Deliver a right thrusting uppercut punch to the


opponent’s chin. Your left forearm acts as a pinning
check.

•Steps 5 and 6 are related to RAINING CLAW.

•If you pivoted clockwise into a right forward bow stance in Step 5,
then you should pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver the right thrusting uppercut punch.

7. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and form a left rear twist
stance as you deliver a left inward claw to the
opponent’s face simultaneous with a right back elbow
strike (palm up) to his solar plexus.

•Your left hand passes through the opponent’s face to guard your
own.

•Your right arm delivers a sweeping check prior to delivering the


elbow strike.

•Some practitioners utilize a left two-finger poke to the opponent’s


eyes instead of the inward claw.

8. Immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and


form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of
the opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right downward
hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin.

•You may substitute the hammerfist strike for a downward heel palm
strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


31
TRIGGERED SALUTE

9. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the inside of the


opponent’s right knee.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


32
DANCE OF DEATH
NAME—In the extension of this technique, a method of ATTACK
stomping the opponent is utilized in a “dance-like” manner. FRONT
The seriousness of the consequences of these actions is Right Step Through
reflected in the word, death. Punch

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Thrusting Inward Block Outside
Forward Bow Stance
Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Step Through Maneuver Left to Right
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
12:00
Wide Kneel Stance

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Front Heel Stomp 16 System
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike Orange #3
Back Heel Stomp Orthodox 24 System
Orange #3
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Angle of Deflection Orange #3

RELATED TECHNIQUES
FORM LOCATION
Thundering Hammers Form 5
Sleeper
Flashing Mace

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


33
DANCE OF DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE
•The Ideal Phase of this defense 1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
has the opponent’s right leg neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left
back; thereby enabling you to thrusting inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally
step toward 12:00 without any
obstruction. If his right foot is
along the right side of your body.
forward, it may accidentally track
•The step toward 10:30 with your left foot moves you off the Line of
upward and strike your groin.
Attack. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00;
Therefore, when his right leg is
a later update and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping
forward, you must step toward
toward 10:30.
10:30 to close off this line of entry.
Stepping toward 10:30 will enable
you to buckle the inside of his •Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position.
right leg. There are three methods
that are used to step forward: •Your inward block controls the opponent’s Width Zone.

METHOD 1 2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


A right forward step through stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right underhand
toward 10:30. reverse handsword strike to his groin. Your left hand
remains checking the opponent’s right arm.
METHOD 2
A left front rotating twist stance to
•Your left hand maintains a Bracing Angle Check to the opponent’s
close off your line of entry and
right arm.
establish your angle. As you
execute the rotating twist stance,
•This strike should make the opponent bend forward (controlling his
you left foot adjusts around the
Dimensional Zones) and possibly move backward.
opponent’s right (lead) leg. Once
you establish your angle, execute
a right forward step through 3. Immediately step forward (right forward step through
toward 10:30. Use your right knee maneuver) toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow
to buckle the opponent’s right stance as you simultaneously deliver a right inward
leg and assist with the takedown. horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right rib cage
NOTE: This type of maneuver is
known as a forward twist through.
as you pull upward on the opponent’s right leg with your
left hand.
METHOD 3
A right step through knee kick to •Your left hand contours down the right side of the opponent’s body
the inside of the opponent’s right and grabs behind the right knee. The left hand pulls his leg toward
leg planting toward 10:30. This you. As the opponent falls, your left hand will end grabbing his right
action will close off your line of ankle and pinning it against your left hip and pulls upward for
entry and force his leg outward. control.

•Keep the opponent’s right hip off the ground by pulling upward. This
will control his ability to escape.

•The pull and strike must oppose each other to be effective.

•Your Body Momentum helps you to drop your opponent onto his
back.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 to


buckle his right knee.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual concluded the Base Technique at this
point with the takedown. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual, and most
modern verisions, concludes the base technique with the following
strikes described below:

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


34
DANCE OF DEATH

4. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back


knuckle strike to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.
Your left hand maintains its grab on his right ankle.

•This strike anticipates his left leg coming up (Unintentional Move) as


a result of falling.

5. Deliver a right inward downward handsword strike to the


opponent’s groin as you drop and form a right wide
kneel stance. Your left hand maintains its grab on his
right ankle.

•Your right hand follows a figure-eight motion in executing the


outward back knuckle strike and the inward downward handsword
strike.

•Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike.

•Depending upon the circumstances, you may also use a right


fingertip slice to the groin.

•Be conscious of the possibility of the opponent drawing his legs


together.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•As you coverout, circle your right arm under his right leg and force
his leg outward and away from you. This will give you a clear path for
your Angle of Departure and will act as a final check against any
further retaliatory efforts.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


35
DANCE OF DEATH

EXTENSION
6. With your right hand, grab the outside of his right ankle
and slide your left hand to the top of his toes.

•As your right arm moves toward his right ankle, contour along his leg.
This will enable you to monitor the opponent and control his leg.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 12:00 as you push down on the opponent’s toes
with the heel of your left hand as you simultaneously pull
upward and toward you on his heel with your right hand.

•Explosively twist the opponent’s ankle to cause a sprain or


dislocation.

•Use your left hip as a contour guide for the twist.

8. Follow through with your clockwise twist on his ankle and


rotate the opponent onto his stomach.


9. Release the grab to his ankle and execute a left heel
stomp to the opponent’s lower spine.

•As you stomp, counterbalance your action by switching your arms to


the right side of your body. Your left forearm will be horizontal across
your stomach with the palm facing in. Your right arm is cocked to
the right side of your hip (cup and saucer position).

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping “toward one and
two o’clock”.

10. Shift your entire body weight onto your left leg (having
your right leg close to your left leg) as you stand on the
opponent’s lower spine. Plant your right foot to the back
right side of the opponent’s body (toward 4:30).

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 4:00.

11. Lift your left leg off the opponent’s spine and balance on
your right leg (right one-legged stance). Plant your left
foot toward 10:30 to deliver a left stomp to pinch his right
kidney before landing it to the side of his right ribcage.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping toward 11:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


36
DANCE OF DEATH

12. Drop into a left wide kneel stance as deliver a right


inward overhead handsword strike to the back of his
neck. Your left hand will check his right shoulder.

•Take advantage of Gravitational Marriage as you drop into the wide


kneel stance.

•Some practitioners drop and form a left close kneel stance.

13. Immediately rise upward and deliver a right heel stomp


to the opponent’s upper spine

•As you stomp, counterbalance your action by switching your arms to


the left side of your body. Your right forearm will be horizontal across
your stomach with the palm facing in. Your left arm is cocked to the
left side of your hip (cup and saucer position).

14. Shift your entire body weight onto your right leg (right
one-legged stance) as you stand on top of the
opponent’s upper spine. Step through with your left foot
and plant toward 10:30 so that you end to the front left
of his head.

•Your left foot leaps toward a Zone of Sanctuary. You should plant
your left foot so that you are out of range of his left arm but still within
range to kick with your right foot.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 11:00.

15. Deliver a right back heel stomp to the opponent’s head.

•As you kick, “throw” both of your arms along your right side in the
direction of your kick. This will balance your action and utilize the
principle of Directional Harmony.

16. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


37
THRUSTING SALUTE
NAME—The name of this technique stems from the principle ATTACK
manner in which the opponent is struck—a thrusting heel FRONT
palm strike (salute). Right Thrusting Ball Kick

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Kicks
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Front Snapping Ball Kick Inside
Torquing Heel Palm Strike
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Extension
Left to Right
Front Twist Stance
Vertical Thrust Punch
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike 12:00
Forward Bow Stance
Chopping Punch CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Punch (Strike) 16 System
Orange #4
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Back-Up Mass
Orange #4
Torque
32 System
Borrowed Force
Orange #13
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Cross of Destruction FORM LOCATION
Defying the Storm None
Menacing Twirl
Leap of Death

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


38
THRUSTING SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This technique may be used as 1. With your right foot, step toward 4:30 to form a left
a defense against a right snap neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a
kick or a righ thrust kick. left outward downward block to the inside of the
opponent’s right leg. Immediately snap your left hand
counterclockwise to a vertical position to act as a
positional block with your left hand open. During the
action, your right hand cocks near your right hip (palm
up).

•By moving Up the Circle toward 4:30, you move off the Line of
Attack and align yourself to attack his centerline. In addition, you
move out of range of his hand weapons but remain in range to
deliver your own kicking counter attack. This is particularly useful if
the opponent attempts to follow his kicking attack with a punching
attack.

•Your downward block should deflect the opponent’s right leg


outward and away from you thereby exposing his centerline.

•Your right hand may deliver a minor inward downward block (palm-
up) prior to delivering your left outward downward block (major).

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward
6:00 with the right foot. A later revision changed this angle to 4:30.

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the


opponent’s groin.

•Time this kick to occur before the opponent plants his right foot to
the ground.

•This kick will cause the opponent to violently bend forward at the
waist.

•Pivot your left foot counterclockwise as you deliver your right kick.

•A left inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s right eye may be


inserted prior to delivering the front snapping ball kick or just prior to
delivering the following strike (right torquing heel palm strike).

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


39
THRUSTING SALUTE

3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right torquing
(counterclockwise) heel palm strike to the opponent’s
jaw. Your left hand acts a positional check near your
right ribcage.

•Use your right knee to check the opponent’s right knee.

•Utilize your Body Momentum and Gravitational Marriage when


executing this strike. This strike will cause the opponent’s head to
snap back and possibly cause his entire body to move away from
you.

•When you deliver the thrusting heel palm strike, force the
opponent’s head backward and downward to minimize his
leverage and to prevent him from delivering a right knee kick to your
groin.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practioner to plant toward
11:00. A later revision changed this to 10:30. This change coincided
with the angle change on the initial step.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


40
THRUSTING SALUTE

EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
as you deliver a left vertical thrust punch to the
opponent’s solar plexus simultaneously with a right
outward horizontal heel palm strike across his mid-
section.

•This action should momentarily check the opponent’s Width and


Depth Zones as well as hurt and disturb his breathing.

5. Pivot clockwise to form a left neutral bow stance and


deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the
opponent’s right ribcage as your right hand covers, palm
out, in front of your face.

•An early (pre-1975) version of this defense used the right hand as a
backstop to the left inward elbow strike to create a sandwiching
effect.

6. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance


as you deliver a right chopping punch to the opponent’s
left pubic bone. Your left forearm checks across the
opponent’s mid-section to control his Width and Height
Zones.

•Some practitioners contour down the opponent’s body to deliver a


right downward thrusting punch to his abdomen or bladder.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual concluded the defense at this point. A
later revision added the following strikes:

7. Immediately deliver a right inward overhead looping


back knuckle punch (or strike) to the opponent’s left
temple.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as


you deliver a left inward overhead looping back knuckle
punch (or strike) to the opponent’s left temple. Your right
forearm drops down to check the opponent’s mid-
section.

9. Without disrupting the continuity of your left looping back


knuckle strike, have both of your arm flow into positional
checks as you execute a left front crossover and double
cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


41
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION
NAME—The term gift is used to symbolize a handshake. ATTACK
While offering a gesture of trust, the opponent attempts a FRONT
left punch (destruction). Hence the name, Gift of Handshake
Destruction.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Thrusting Knee Kick Outside Right
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Neutral Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Right to Right

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw 12:00
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike 16 System
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Orange #5
Front Crossover Orthodox 24 System
Transitional Left Front Twist Stance Orange #5
Thrusting Vertical Punch 32 System
Threading Knee Kick Orange #4
Reverse Bow Stance
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
FORM LOCATION
Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass
Borrowed Force
Angle of Cancellation

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
Thrusting Prongs
Gift in Return
Gift of Destiny
Leaping Crane
Shielding Hammer

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


42
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Pull the opponent’s right arm diagonally downward past
your right hip as you hop forward onto your left foot
toward 11:00 and deliver a right thrusting knee kick to
the opponent’s groin. Simultaneously deliver a left inward
horizontal heel palm strike to the opponent’s right elbow.

•As you pull the opponent’s right arm, rotate your right arm clockwise
palm upward. This will properly expose his right elbow for your heel
palm strike.

•The combination of pulling the opponent’s right arm and leaping


forward will propel your right knee thrust with greater velocity and
will enable you to take advantage of Back Up Mass.

2. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you


buckle the inside of your opponent’s right knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow
strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw. Your left
hand checks down on top of his right arm.

•Your left checking hand resembles a push-down block.

•The buckle to the opponent’s right knee turns his head aligns the
target for your right elbow strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 10:00 to


buckle the opponent’s right leg.

•Utilize the residual Body Momentum generated by your initial leap to


enhance this final strike.

3. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


43
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

EXTENSION
•Another version of the extension 3. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise (up the
follows: circle) toward 4:30 and form a right neutral bow stance
as you grab your opponent’s right shoulder with your
Step 3
Adjust Up the Circle with our left
right hand and pull him downward and toward you.
foot and gauge for distance. Simultaneously and as part of the continuous flow of your
Immediately deliver a right left hand, execute a left inward heel palm strike and
outward horizontal back knuckle claw to the right side of the opponent’s face. As part of
strike to the opponent’s solar
the continuous flow of action, have your right hand
plexus to bend him forward at the
waist. Your left hand checks high. release its grab and positionally check low near your
navel.
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right •Because of the differnece in distance of travel, your right hand
forward bow stance facing 10:30 shoulder grab should slightly precede the left heel palm strike and
as you deliver a left outward two- claw.
finger eye hook simultaneously
with a right outward reverse •When properly executed, the body momentum of your left foot
hammerfist strike to the sliding up the circle should add to the force of your left heel palm
opponent’s right jaw hinge. strike and claw.
Follow through with the reverse
hammerfist strike and convert it •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated adjusting your angle to 4:00.
into a right outward ranking back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s
face.
4. Immediately pivot into a right forward bow stance as you
execute a right outward raking back knuckle strike to
Step 5 the right side of the bridge of the opponent’s nose.
Pivot counterclockwise and form Continue the flow of motion of your left hand and deliver
a right neutral bow stance and
a left thrusting heel palm strike downward to the top of
you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal raking his left hip.
hammerfist strike to the bridge of
the opponent’s nose •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the left hand drops into a
simultaneously with a left inward low horizontal covering check. It did not indicate a strike.
two-finger eye hook.
5. Reverse the motion of your right hand and execute a
Step 6
Pivot counterclockwise and form
right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the
a right fighting horse stance and left side of the opponent’s jaw.
deliver a right outward horizontal
hammerfist strike to the 6. Have your left foot shift slightly to form a right fighting
opponent’s solar plexus.
horse stance and, as you settle your weight, continue the
Step 7 flow of motion of your right hand and deliver a right
Execute a right front crossover outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the
and double cover out toward opponent’s upper abdominal region. Your left hand
4:30. switches and positionally checks in front of your right
chest.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the extension at this point and
proceeded with a right front crossover and double coverout. No
Angle of Departure was indicated. The Updated 1975 IKKA Red
Manual insert continues the defense in steps 7-10.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


44
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION

7. Execute a left front crossover toward 10:30 and form a


transitional left front twist stance as you deliver a left
thrusting vertical punch to the left side of your
opponent’s head. Your right hand checks horizontally in
front of you to control his arms.

8. Deliver a right threading knee kick to the inside of your


opponent’s right knee.

9. From Point of Contact plant toward 1:30 and form a right


reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of your
opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a left inward
heel palm strike and claw to the right side of the
opponent’s face as your right hand executes a right
downward heel palm strike and claw to this groin.

•By changing direction of your right leg, you launch a Diversified


Angle of Attack.

10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


45
LOCKING HORNS
NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the manner ATTACK
in which horned animals lock their horns together in their FRONT
struggle for dominance. Headlock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Wide Kneel Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike Inside
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Heel Palm Strike Right to Right
Push-Drag Foot Maneuver
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike
12:00
Extension
Front Twist Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Heel Palm Push-Down Strike Orange #6
Thrusting Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Downward Stomp Kick Orange #6
Rear Crossover Stomp Kick 32 System
Reverse Step Through Orange #5
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Zone of Obscurity FORM LOCATION
Contouring None
Sandwiching

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Circling Wing
Gripping Talon
Bow of Compulsion
Dance of Death

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


46
LOCKING HORNS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
wide kneel stance as you check the opponent’s right
knee with your left hand and deliver a right underhand
reverse handsword strike to his groin.

•Turn your head and tuck your chin into your chest to protect your
breathing.

•Your left hand checks directly above the opponent’s right knee cap
(patella) and pushes down with a left push down block (fingers
turned toward right). This action controls his Dimensional Zones by
locking his right knee.

•The position of your right reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s


groin acts as a Positional Check against his left knee.

•Some practitioners step forward and form a right close kneel stance.
This has the advantage of generating torque as you pivot
counterclockclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance in the
next move. The earliest version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a
close kneel.

2. Use your left hand to push down on the opponent’s right


elbow to clear the arm off your head (if it is still there)
and rise upward to form a right neutral bow stance as
you deliver a right vertical obscure elbow strike to his
jaw. Using 1/4 beat timing, continue the motion of your
left hand to deliver a left downward palm strike (fingers
to right) to the opponent’s solar plexus.

•Turn your right hand 180-degrees counterclockwise so that the knife


edge of your right hand faces the opponent. This will properly align
your right arm to the target as you contour up his body for the
obscure elbow strike.

•Some practitioners turn their hand counterclockwise to grab the


opponent’s groin and rips upward as the vertical obscure elbow
strike is executed.

•Your right arm follows through until it begins to drop downward. This
places your right arm in the highest cocked position for the next
strike.

•The left hand clears and palm strikes in the same continuous motion.

•The palm strike to the solar plexus will bring the opponent forward to
deliver the next strike.

•An upward head butt strike to his jaw may preceed the vertical
obscure elbow strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


47
LOCKING HORNS

3. Execute a push-drag foot maneuver and deliver a right


inward downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side
of his jaw as you simultaneously deliver a left inward
hooking heel palm strike to the right side of his jaw to
create a sandwiching effect.

•A forward head butt strike may follow the sandwiching elbow strike
with 1/4 beat timing.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


48
LOCKING HORNS

EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal
back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right rib cage
simultaneously with a left heel palm push-down strike
(fingers are horizontal and pointed inward) to his solar
plexus.

•Your left arm is over your right arm.

•Some practitioners deliver a left vertical thrust punch to his solar


plexus (over the right arm) as the right hand delivers the outward
horizontal back knuckle strike.

•An early version of this extension (pre-1975) utilized a left torquing


palm strike (fingers horizontal and pointing inward) to the
opponent’s face.

5. Immediately thread a right thrusting knee kick to the


opponent’s groin.

•Your hands check the opponent’s arms throughout the remainder of


the technique. From the crossed position, your right hand checks his
right arm and your left hand checks his left arm.

•Some practitioners deliver the right thrusting knee kick to the inside
of the opponent’s right thigh.

6. Deliver a right downward stomp kick to the opponent’s


right instep.

•You may also simultaneously deliver a front head butt strike to the
bridge of the opponent’s nose.

•Some practitioners deliver a right knife-edge scrape to the


opponent’s shin as the right downward stomp kick is delivered to his
right instep.

7. Finish with a left rear crossover stomp kick to the


opponent’s left instep.

•Keep your right foot on top of his right instep as you deliver a the left
rear crossover stomp kick.

•You may also simultaneously deliver a rear looping head butt strike
to his face.

•Some practitioners follow with another right downward stomp kick to


the opponent’s right ankle prior to covering.

8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 (left reverse step
through) and execute a right front crossover and double
cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


49
LONE KIMONO
NAME—The name of this self-technique stems from the single ATTACK
hand (lone) grab to your shirt or jacket (kimono is a FRONT
Japanese tunic). Thus, LONE KIMONO best describes this Left Hand Lapel Grab
technique.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Neutral Bow Stance Outside Left
Upward Block (break)
Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Right to Left

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike 12:00
Right Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Thrusting Handsword Strike
Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick 16 System
Inward Handsword Strike Orange #8
Orthodox 24 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orange #7
Torque 32 System
Gravitational Marriage Orange #6
Squeegee Principle
Angle of Cancellation FORM LOCATION
Pivot Point
None
Locking
Frictional Pull

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Clutching Feathers
Snapping Twig
Hooking Wings
Twin Kimono
Delayed Sword
Obscure Sword

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


50
LONE KIMONO

BASE TECHNIQUE
•In the 1975 IKKA Red Manual, 1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral
this technique was placed at #6 bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, pin his left hand
due to the placement of with your left hand and deliver a right upward block
Thrusting Salute at #13.
against his left elbow as you settle into your stance.

•Many attackers will have a natural rotation outward when they


grab. We take advantage of this rotation by further rotating the
opponent’s left arm clockwise to place his elbow at the lowest point.

•The strike against his elbow is designed to control his three


Dimensional Zones.

•The first three actions should be PIN with the STEP and ROTATE with
the BREAK.

2. Circle your right arm counterclockwise and deliver a right


inward downward diagonal forearm strike against his left
elbow. Use this action, to clear his arm on a downward
45-degree diagonal. Your left hand should be checking
high.

•This clearing action utilizes frictional pull and the opponent’s


Dimensional Zones are controlled by means of the Angle of
Cancellation.

•The first “break” is upward; the second is inward.

3. After cocking your right hand slightly toward your left hip
(palm up) deliver a right outward upward diagonal
handsword strike to his throat. Your left hand checks at
solar plexus level.

•Round the corner of your inward downward diagonal forearm strike


to immediatley return with an outward upward diagonal handsword
strike.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


51
LONE KIMONO

EXTENSION
•The extension described in the 2. Immediately slide your left foot toward 4:30 and deliver a
1975 IKKA Red Manual caused right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the
some practioners confusion due opponent’s solar plexus. Your left hand continues to
to the poor written description of
the 1st Degree Brown Belt
check your opponent’s left arm.
material. A corrected insert was
later introduced to properly •Shortening the circle.
describe this and other
techniques. 3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
you deliver a right extended outward block to the inside
•Some practitioners do not slide
the left foot toward 4:30; instead, of the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously execute a left
they simply pivot in-place to thrusting handsword strike to the opponent’s throat.
execute the right extended
outward block and left thrusting •Because your right arm is travelling in a Geometric Path of Action, it
handsword strike. In such is possible that you can also rake across the opponent’s face with an
circumstances, the right outward back knuckle strike.
extended outward block is
delivered from Point of Origin
after the upward forearm strike.
4. Slide your left foot toward your right foot (gauging leg)
and pivot counterclockwise as you deliver a right
thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s
right knee simultaneous with a right inward handsword
strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck. Your left
hand positionally checks near your solar plexus.

•Your kick will make contact 1/4 beat before your handsword makes
contact.

•A right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike may


(and is often) utilized instead of the right inward handsword strike.

5. From point of contact with your right kick, execute a right


front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


52
GLANCING SALUTE
NAME—Glancing refers to the method of execution that ATTACK
your heel palm strike (salute) utilizes in this technique. FRONT
Right Hand Cross push

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Pushes
Neutral Bow Stance
Forward Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Vertical Forearm Strike Outside
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Upward Knee Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Left to Right
Extension
Rear Twist Stance
ATTACK DIRECTION
Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike 12:00
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Reverse Bow Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Heel Palm Strike 16 System
Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike Orange #9
Upward Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Inward Two-Finger Hook Orange #8
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orange #7
Opposing Forces
Torque FORM LOCATION
Back Up Mass None

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Triggered Salute
Gift of Destruction
Menacing Twirl

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


53
GLANCING SALUTE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 (left neutral bow
stance) and pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow
stance facing 3:00 as you pin the opponent’s right hand
against your chest with your right hand. Simultaneously
deliver a left vertical forearm strike against his right
elbow.

•This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone.

•Ride the force of his push as you pivot clockwise.

•A right vertical outward block is sometimes used to pin the


opponent’s right arm against your shoulder.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the
opponent’s right arm against his body as you
simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
his jaw.

•The action of forcefully pinning the opponent’s right arm against his
body brings his head downward and forward into your right heel
palm strike. The heel palm strike forces his head upward and
backward.

3. Your right arm circles the right side of the opponent’s


face to hook the back of his neck in the shape of the
crane. Anchor your right arm and pull the opponent
downward toward the ground as you deliver a right
upward knee kick to his stomach.

4. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing


12:00 to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow
strike to his face as your left hand pins his right arm
against his body.

•Your right inward horizontal elbow strike contours the opponent’s


head.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


54
GLANCING SALUTE

EXTENSION
•This extension also demonstrates 5. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 to form a left rear twist
how to counter an opponent’s stance as you deliver a right outward downward
attempt to grab your wrists in diagonal heel palm strike to the opponent’s solar plexus
reaction to your strikes. If the
opponent grabs your right and
simultaneous with a left inward horizontal heel palm claw
left wrists (right hand to your left to his face.
wrist and left hand to your right
wrist) after you execute the right •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot (gauging
reverse bow buckle to the inside leg) to your right foot and stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot.
of his left knee (Step 6), rotate in-
place and execute a right front •The right inward horizontal elbow strike will turn the opponent’s head
crossover sweep kick to the back into your left inward claw. Some practitioners use a left inward two-
of the opponent’s right ankle as finger hook to the opponent’s eyes.
you use your right arm to track
along your left forearm and 6. Immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and
break the opponent’s grip. As
form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of
you plant and settle into a left
rear twist stance, deliver a right the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously deliver a right
two-finger poke to the downward heel palm strike to his groin as your left hand
opponent’s eyes. As you clear positionally checks beside the right side of your face.
the opponent’s arms, it will
simultaneously cross check his •Some practitioners deliver a right downward hammerfist strike.
arm in a manner similar to
DESPERATE FALCONS. Notice how
this is simply an application of the 7. Your left hand wraps around the left side of the
Orthodox Version. opponent’s neck and anchors down to pull him into a
right over-the-shoulder back knuckle strike to his face.
•An early version (pre-1975)
ended by executing a right front
8. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the
crossover sweep kick and
planting with a left two-finger eye inside of the opponent’s right knee as your hands
hook after the right reverse bow continue to check high.
buckle (Step 6).
•The buckle will begin to turn him outward (clockwise).

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual ended the extension here and executed
a right front crossover and double coverout toward 7:30.

9. Pivot clockwise and plant your right foot toward 6:00 to


form a left rear twist stance and deliver a left inward two
finger hook to the opponent’s eyes as you settle into
your stance.

10. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 (left reverse step
through) and face 12:00 in a right neutral bow stance as
you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the
opponent’s face.

11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


55
FIVE SWORDS
NAME—This technique receives its name from the original ATTACK
version which contained five handswords (swords) as the FRONT
primary weapons. Practitioners no longer train these Right Roundhouse
specialized weapons for effective combat use, so some Punch
hand weapon formations were changed; the name,
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
however, remains the same.
Punches

DEFENSIVE LOCATION
BASICS Inside
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Bow Stance Right to Right
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Five-Finger Thrust 12:00
Uppercut Punch
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike 16 System
Orange #10
Extension
Inward Upward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike
Orthodox 24 System
Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw Orange #9
Reverse Bow Stance 32 System
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Orange #8
Back Stiff-Leg Lifting Kick
FORM LOCATION
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Form 4
Angle of Incidence

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Raining Claw
Twirling Hammers
Bowing to Buddha
Dance of Darkness

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


56
FIVE SWORDS

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Another version of this defense, 1. With your right foot step forward and from a right neutral
called the “High Five”, delivers all bow stance facing 12:00 to check the inside of the
the strikes to the neck and head. opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously defend with a
right inward block to the inside of his right forearm. Your
left hand checks high.

•Some practitioners deliver the block to the opponent’s right biceps


and use the left check hand as the actual block (left extended
outward block). Others deliver the block to the opponent’s right
shoulder and use the left check hand as the actual block (left
extended outward block). In both cases. The right hand will not have
much much distance to travel for an effective strike and will result in
a minor strike. Most instructors teach the inward block to be
delivered below the opponent’s elbow with a high left check. In this
instance, the opening defensive move of FIVE SWORDS is an
example of blocking with a check anticipating its need. Regardless,
the left check hand should hurt the opponent when it is delivered; it
should not be passive.

•This action is designed to expose the opponent’s Width Zone and


targets.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. The
1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted this angle.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as


you deliver a right outward downward diagonal
handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s neck
followed by a left thrusting heel palm strike to this chin
and a left five-finger thrust to his eyes. Cock your right
hand to your right hip (palm up with the fist clenched) as
you settle into your stance.

•The poke to the opponent’s eyes will move his head back and
expose his mid-section for the next strike.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right uppercut punch
(palm up) to the opponent’s stomach.

•Your left hand becomes a preparatory cock and guards


horizontally, palm down above your right arm near the biceps. In this
position, your left hand can guard against further use of his arm or a
head butt strike.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


57
FIVE SWORDS

4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left outward
downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of
the opponent’s neck.

•During this action, your right hand acts as a positional check against
the opponent’s left arm.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding the left foot toward 4:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated striking the left side of the
opponent’s jaw with a left outward heel palm strike instead of the
handsword strike.

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as your left hand hooks behind the opponent’s
neck and pulls his head downward. As you settle into
your stance, execute a right inward overhead
handsword strike to the back of his neck.

•Your right handsword will strike the top of the opponent’s cervial
spine located at the base of his skull.

•As your right hand strikes, your left hand slides off the opponent’s
neck and checks low. Many practitioners add a left outward
downward diagonal claw to the opponent’s face during this action.

•Some practitioners settle into a right fighting horse stance.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


58
FIVE SWORDS

EXTENSION
6. Deliver a left inward upward diagonal heel palm strike
under the opponent’s chin. Immediately convert this into
a left inward five-finger circular claw across his face as
your right hand cocks (palm up) to the left side of your
heart.

•This action will turn the opponent’s head toward you.

•Your left hand may also utilize an inward two-finger hook to his eye.

•As your left arm is delivering the inward upward diagonal heel palm
strike your right arm drops to cover low. During this action, it may
claw across the opponent’s face. This will create a scissoring action
with your claws.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow


stance facing 10:30 and deliver a right outward upward
diagonal handsword strike to the right side of the
opponent’s neck.

•Your right arm track below your left arm toward its target (the
throat).

•The left inward upward digonal heel palm claw and your right
outward upward diagonal handsword strike utilize 1/4 beat timing.

8. Execute a right back stiff-leg lifting kick to the


opponent’s groin.

•You may drag your left foot toward your right foot to gauge for
distance if necessary.

•An early version of this defense (pre-1975) added a right rear heel
palm claw to the opponent’s face to occur simultaneously with the
right back stiff leg lifting kick. This is still utilized by some practitioners
today.

•Some practitioners conclude this defense with a right back kick or a


right side kick to any available target.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


59
BUCKLING BRANCH
NAME—Branch is a term used to describe the leg. This ATTACK
technique utilizes a method of kicking designed to buckle FRONT
the opponent’s stance by kicking behind his knee. Left Step Through
Thrust Kick

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Kicks
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Front Snapping Ball Kick Outside
Front Twist Stance
Knife-Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Extension
Transitory Reverse Bow Stance
ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Inward Overhead Vertical Hammerfist Strike 12:00
Knee Kick
Reverse Bow Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Vertical Upward Heel Palm Claw 16 System
Inward Heel Palm Claw Purple #4
Close Kneel Stance Orthodox 24 System
Underhand Back Knuckle Strike Orange #10
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick 32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Orange #18
Torque
Back-Up Mass FORM LOCATION
Gravitational Marriage None
Open Ended Triangle
Tracking

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gift in Return
Brushing the Storm
Menacing Twirl

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


60
BUCKLING BRANCH

BASE TECHNIQUE
• 1. With your right foot step toward 4:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a
left outward downward block to the outside of the
opponent’s left leg as your right hand cocks to your right
hip (fist clenched; palm up). Immediately recoil your left
hand counterclockwise into a vertical position to act as
a positional check.

•Your right hand may deliver a minor inward downward block (palm-
up) prior to delivering your left outward downward block (major).

•This action is intended to generate pain in the opponent’s leg as


well as to control his Width Zone by turning him and exposing his
centerline.

•Your left hand shifts to an extended outward but relaxed handsword


position to act as a Positional Check.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your
right foot.

2. Immediately deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the


opponent’s groin from behind.

•Time your kick to occur before his right foot plants down. Doing so
will enable you to take advantage of Borrowed Force as well as
prevent his ability to counter.

•You may also deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin. This will work
well in the natural sequencial flow of the next series of moves.

•This kick should make the opponent bend over at the waist with his
head facing 10:30.

•Prior to kicking you will pivot counterclockwise with your left foot. This
will generate Rotational Force for the kick.

3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 and form
a right front twist stance. Immediately deliver a left knife-
edge kick to the inside of his right knee from the rear.

•When you plant your right foot in twist stance, you are essentially
forming a right front rotating twist stance.

•If necessary, your right foot may modify the twist stance to properly
gauge for distance and angle.

•Position your hands in open in a defensive position.

•Some practitioners plant forward to form a left neutral bow stance


to check the opponent’s left hip prior to covering.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


61
BUCKLING BRANCH

4. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


62
BUCKLING BRANCH

EXTENSION
4. From Point of Contact, plant your left foot toward 9:30
and form a transitory left reverse bow stance.
Immediately pivot counterclockwise (and in place) to
form a left front rotating twist stance. Simultaneously
check the opponent’s left shoulder with your left hand
and execute a right inward overhead vertical hammerfist
strike to his solar plexus. Immediately follow with a right
knee kick to the middle of his spine.

•Your right hand will travel over the opponent’s left shoulder and to
the front of his solar plexus.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated that you should deliver the right
knee kick “if it is feasible to do so”.

•Some practitioners pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward


bow stance and eliminate the twist stance and knee kick.

5. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and immediately


pivot clockwise to form a left reverse bow stance as you
deliver a right vertical upward heel palm claw to the left
side of the opponent’s chin and face. Immediately
follow with a left inward heel palm claw to the left side of
his jaw.

•Execute your left inward heel palm claw in a stiff-arm manner, using
body fusion.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described using a right back knuckle
strike to the opponent’s jaw instead of the vertical upward heel
palm claw. A later revision to the manual changed this to a heel
palm claw.

6. Without hesitation, shift your left foot counterclockwise


toward 5:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you
execute a right underhand back knuckle strike to the
opponent’s head as he is dropping.

•Deliver your right underhand back knuckle strike in a sligtly stiff-arm


manner using body fusion.

•From its previous position, your right hand will drop (fist clenched)
and loop to strike in an underhand back knuckle fashion.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


63
BUCKLING BRANCH

7. Immediately leap and pivot counterclockwise in the air,


and land on your left foot as you deliver a right
downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponent’s
sternum.

•This kick is similar to the kick used in LEAP OF DEATH.

•Your left foot may drag to your right foot in order gauge for distance
and angle prior to leaping for the kick.

•The upward back knuckle strike and downward looping roundhouse


kick occur with 1/4 beat timing. Allow the motion of the upward
back knuckle strike to carry you into the motion of the roundhouse
kick.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


64
SCRAPING HOOF
NAME—The technique receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which you use your foot to kick and scrape the opponent’s REAR
legs. It resembles a horse or bull scraping the ground with its Full Nelson
hoof as a sign of aggression. (attempted)

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Rear Head Butt Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Rear Bow Stance Inside
Back Side Scooping Heel Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Stomp Kick Right to Either

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Reverse Bow Stance
6:00
Front Crossover
Neutral Bow Stance
Rear Crossover CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Back Thrusting Heel Kick 16 System
Orange #11
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Pinning Orange #11
Reverse Marriage of Gravity 32 System
Contouring Orange #9
Gravitational Marriage

RELATED TECHNIQUES
FORM LOCATION
Repeated Devastation Short Form 3
Twirling Sacrifice Long Form 3
Entwined Lance
Captured Twig

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


65
SCRAPING HOOF

BASE TECHNIQUE
•The standard curriculum states 1. While in a full nelson hold with your arms raised, thrust
that this defense and REPEATED both of the your fists toward the ground to free you from
DEVASTATION repeat the his grasp and pin his arms against your body.
technique on the opposite side.
This is required for the purpose of
Simultaneously, slide your left foot slightly toward your
learning Short Form 3 and Long right foot as you straighten your knees and back to
Form 3. A practical street deliver a rear head butt strike to the opponent’s face.
application is described below:
•This defense is designed to prevent the opponent from appying a full
Step 1 nelson hold early in its attempt.
While in a full nelson hold with
your arms raised, thrust both of
2. Bend your left knee and pivot clockwise to form a right
the your fists toward the ground
to free you from his grasp and pin rear bow stance facing 3:00. Drop your weight and
his arms against your body. deliver a right back side scooping heel kick to the inside
Simultaneously, slide your left foot of the opponent’s left knee.
slightly toward your right foot as
you straighten your knees and •This action utilizes the principles of Reverse Marriage of Gravity and
back to deliver a rear head butt Contouring. Reverse Marriage of Gravity is obtained by dropping
strike to the opponent’s face. your weight as your right foot kicks upward. Contouring is utilized
because you are attempting to strike a vertical target with a vertical
Step 2 weapon. So, you contour your own leg to properly strike the
Bend your left knee and pivot opponent’s leg.
clockwise to form a right rear
bow stance facing 3:00. Drop •Dropping your weight while keeping the opponent’s arms pinned
your weight and deliver a right will also create an Angle of Disturbance thereby further controlling
back side scooping heel kick to the opponent.
the inside of the opponent’s left
knee.
3. Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to
Step 3 the inside of the opponent’s right knee. Scrape down the
Immediately deliver a right opponent’s right shin with the knife edge of your foot.
thrusting knife edge kick to the End with a right downward stomp kick to his right instep.
inside of the opponent’s right
knee. Scrape down the
•In Short Form 3 and Long Form 3, you plant into a horse stance as
opponent’s right shin with the
you deliver the downward stomp kick; however, this is not practical
knife edge of your foot. End with
in actual application. You must stomp the opponent’s foot at a 90-
a right downward stomp kick to
degree angle to create the proper Angle of Incidence.
his right instep.
•This is technically where the defense ends; however, the opposite
Step 4
side is repeated in Short Form 3 and Long Form 3 and is described
Slide your right foot toward 12:00
below:
and pivot clockwise to face the
opponent in a left rear twist
stance. This rotation coupled with 4. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left rear bow stance
keeping the opponent’s right arm facing 9:00. Drop your weight and deliver a left back
pinned beneath your right arm side scooping heel kick to the inside of the opponent’s
will create torque on the
opponent’s right arm and turn his
right knee.
left shoulder away.
5. Immediately deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the
Step 5 inside of the opponent’s left knee. Scrape down the
Step out with your left foot and
opponent’s left shin with the knife edge of your foot. End
complete your cover out by
executing a reverse step through with a left downward stomp kick to his left instep.
with your right foot toward 12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


66
SCRAPING HOOF

6. Step toward 11:00 with your right foot and execute a left
front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


67
SCRAPING HOOF

EXTENSION
•Another method of performing 4. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right reverse
the takedown in this extension is bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left
to immediately step toward 1:30 leg. Your arms cover during this process.
after your right reverse bow
stance buckle toward 7:30. Hook
•You may deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s
your right foot around the
groin and a left inward heel palm claw to his face simultaneous with
opponent’s right foot (keeping
the right reverse bow buckle if you wish and circumstances allow.
your foot flat on the ground) and
press your right knee forward to
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
upset the opponent’s balance
7:00.
and cause him to fall. Range and
the positional relationship
between you and your opponent 5. Immediately execute a left front crossover toward 4:30
will determine if this is feasible. and immediately step toward 1:30 with your right foot
and form a right neutral bow stance. During this process,
use your right foot to sweep the inside of your
opponent’s right leg and force him to the ground.

•Your foot work employs the concept of Angle Switching to upset the
opponent’s balance and facilitate the takedown.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing a left front crossover
totward 5:00.

6. Execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right back


thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s groin.

7. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


68
GRIP OF DEATH
NAME—The name of this defense was chosen to impress ATTACK
upon the student’s mind the serious consequences that LEFT FLANK
could result if this lock is successfully applied. Right Arm Headlock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Close Kneel Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Hammerfist Strike Outside Right
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
Extension
Front Crossover Sweep Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Twist Stance
9:00
Reverse Bow Stance
Snapping Knife-Edge Kick
Rear Twist Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick 16 System
Orange #12
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Leveraging Orange #12
Contouring 32 System
Sandwiching Orange #10
RELATED TECHNIQUES
The Grasp of Death
FORM LOCATION
Escape from Death Short Form 3
Crashing Wings

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


69
GRIP OF DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
chest as you step forward with your right foot toward
10:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your
left knee to check and control the opponent’s right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward hammerfist
strike to his groin with a left inward hammerfist strike to
this kidney.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00. The
revision indicated 10:30.

2. Contour your left arm over his right shoulder and use the
first two fingers of your hand to press under the
opponent’s nose (philtrum) as you anchor your elbow to
fulcrum his head backward and downward.

•Depending upon circumstances, you may also grab his hair near his
forehead, the nerves under this chin, or you may simultaneously use
your thumb under his chin, your first and second fingers under his
nose and your third and fourth fingers into his right eye.

•Leveraging the opponent’s head backward controls his Height Zone


and prevents him from delivering a knee kick.

•Some practitioners deliver a left inward downward diagonal


hammerfist strike simultaneous with a right inward upward diagonal
hammerfist strike.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left forward bow stance


facing 6:00 as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm
strike to the opponent’s chin. Your left hand slides down
the opponent’s right arm (sliding check) and checks his
elbow.

•Your right arm contours the opponents’ chest to strike the chin.

4. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


70
GRIP OF DEATH

EXTENSION
4. Execute a left front crossover sweep kick to the
opponent’s right foot and plant to form a left front twist
stance facing 10:30. Your left hand maintains its check to
his right arm and your right hand positionally checks.

5. Adjust your right foot (gauging leg) toward 6:00 to create


proper alignment for the next move. Immediately slide
your left foot toward 7:30 and form a left reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of this opponent’s left knee
from behind. Your left hand checks low and your right
hand checks high.

•Attempt to execute the left reverse bow stance buckle to his left
knee while his right leg is still off the ground after your left front
crossover sweep kick. This may be accomplished by (1) timing the
left buckle to occur while his right leg is still in the air, or (2) holding his
right leg off the ground with your arms as you execute the buckle.

•An early version of this extension (pre-1975) ended with the left
reverse bow buckle. Some practitioners still practice this method
today. The following two moves were added if you were unable to
time the buckle properly.

6. Deliver a left snapping knife edge kick to the back of the


opponent’s right knee.

7. Plant your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right rear twist
stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and deliver a right
spinning back heel thrust kick to the opponent’s upper
spine.

8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


71
CROSSING TALON
NAME—The term talon is used symbolically to represent a ATTACK
wrist or arm grab. In this technique, the opponent cross FRONT
grabs your right wrist with his right hand (talon); hence, the Right Hand
Cross Wrist Grab
title CROSSING TALON.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Thrusting Forearm Strike Outside Right
Arm Bar
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Downward Heel Palm Strike Left to Right
Five-Finger Claw
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Wide Kneel Stance 12:00
Upward Knee Kick
Downward Heel Palm Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension 16 System
Outward Wrist Lock Break/Throw Purple #8
Roundhouse Kick Orthodox 24 System
Reverse Bow Stance Orange #13
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 32 System
Front Crossover Sweep Orange #11
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES
FORM LOCATION
Back Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage Short Form 3
Long Form 3
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Counter Grabbing
Angle of Disturbance
Locking/Breaking

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Darting Mace
Gripping Talon
Desperate Falcons
Mace of Aggression

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


72
CROSSING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Another version of Crossing 1. Counter-grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right
Talon is found in Short Form 3. This hand in a clockwise motion as your left foot steps toward
version, also known as the 1:00 and forms a left neutral bow stance. Simultaneously
fulcrum version, has your left
hand pin on top of your
with the step, deliver a left thrusting forearm strike to his
opponent’s right hand as you elbow.
counter grab in the same
manner. The left elbow then •As you strike with your left arm, with your right hand pull the
presses down on the opponent’s opponent’s arm toward your right hip to control his Dimensional
right elbow as both arms act as Zones.
levers to force the opponent to
bend forward. •Plant your left foot in front of the opponent’s right foot.

•Anchor your right elbow to twist. By anchoring, you will pull him
slightly forward and momentarily control his width.

2. Continue the push-pull action on the opponent’s arm


and apply and arm bar to force his head down.

•This push-pull motion will cause the opponent to bend forward at the
waist. This will control his height zone and possibliy cause his head to
strke your left knee.

•The action of forcing the opponent down resembles a “dipping”


motion.

•If you are unable to force the opponent down, you may
immediately slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30 and utilize
this action to force your opponent downward.

3. Immediately deliver a left outward horizontal elbow strike


to the opponent’s right temple.

•Your left elbow may be either palm up or palm down depending


upon circumstances and the angle of the opponent.

•Your left arm must have travel in order to deliver an effective strike.
To accomplish this, after your have forced the opponent downward
with your arm bar, slide your left arm along his arm/elbow toward
your right hip. This will act as a sliding check and give you the proper
Angle of Alignment for the strike (Contouring Principle).

•Use your right hand to pull the opponent into your left elbow strike.

•Some practitioners pivot into a left reverse bow stance prior to


delivering the left outward elbow strike. While this may give greater
travel for the elbow strike, you inadvertantly allow the opponent to
flank you and it may create an opportunity for him to execute a
takedown. Practitioners who advocate this method pivot
counterclockwise to form a left fighting horse stance as the elbow is
delivered.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


73
CROSSING TALON

4. Immediately after your left outward elbow strike, deliver


a left outward downward heel palm strike to his temple
followed by a left five-finger claw to his face.

•Anchor your left elbow onto his right shoulder to create a fulcrum as
you claw his face. This will enable you to continue controlling his
height zone.

5. Immediately deliver a left inward overhead elbow strike


to his upper spine as you drop your weight and form a
left wide kneel stance.

•Slide your left hand along the opponent’s spine (from neck to waist)
to act as a sliding check to control his height zone in preparation
for your inward overhead elbow strike.

•By dropping your weight in conjunction with the inward overhead


elbow strike, you employ the principle of Marriage of Gravity
(Gravitational Marriage).

•Some practitioners drop into a left close kneel stance simultaneous


with the left inward overhead elbow strike.

6. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face


as you simultaneously deliver a left downward heel palm
strike to the back of his head to create a sandwiching
effect.

•As you raise up for the knee kick, you are employing the principle of
Reverse Marriage of Gravity (Reverse Gravitational Marriage).

•Use both arms to pull the opponent into your right knee kick.

7. Plant your right foot to point of origin and execute a left


front crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Departure


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


74
CROSSING TALON

EXTENSION
7. Immediately plant your right foot to point of origin and
slide your left hand down the opponent’s right arm and
prepare for a wrist lock. Have your right hand position in
the same manner.

•Your left hand grabs (pam down) the back of the opponent’s right
wrist with your left thumb on the back of the opponent’s hand. Your
right hand mirriors this position on the opposite side.

8. Slide your left foot toward 6:00 and pivot


counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance
facing 6:00. Simultaneously with this action execute a
right outward wrist lock break/throw.

•Travel in a tight clockwise circle as your left foot steps back and your
body pivots.

•Keep the opponent’s hand pinned to your right hip when applying
the lock/break. This will keep the circle small and ensure the desired
effect.

•Some practitioners effectively alter the timing by grabbing the


opponent in a wrist lock position simultaneously as you slide your left
foot back to form a twist stance. Once in this position, you then pivot
counterclockwise and execute the throw.

9. Simultaneous with the wrist lock/break/throw, deliver a


right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s solar plexus or
face to force him to the ground.

•Maintain the wrist grab during the kick.

10. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) alongside the


opponent’s right rib cage in a right front twist stance. Shift
your right hand under the opponent’s right wrist and
grab again. Have your left hand reposition its grip to
assist your right hand. Once both hands have secured
the opponent’s wrist, pivot clockwise and form a left
reverse bow stance.

•Your right hand reverses its position and grabs counterclockwise,


palm upward.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


75
CROSSING TALON

11. Cock your left leg in the air and deliver a left thrusting
knife-edge kick to the opponent’s neck as you
simultaneously pull the opponent’s arm upward to
possibly cause a shoulder dislocation.

•As you cock your left leg, there is the possibility of striking the
opponent’s elbow with your left knee (Sophisticated Basics).

•Your left leg contours up the opponent’s arm as you cock your leg
for the kick.

12. Release your opponent’s right arm and execute a left


front crossover sweep to his right arm.

13. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


76
REPEATING MACE
NAME—In this technique, you will use repeated strikes with ATTACK
your right fist (mace). FRONT
Left Hand
direct push
BASICS
Base WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Neutral Bow Stance Pushes
Outward Hooking Parry (palm up)
Inward Horizontal Raking Hammerfist Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Back Knuckle Strike Outside
Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Roundhouse Kick
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Extension
Right to Left
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Spinning Back Heel Kick 12:00
Transitory Reverse Cat Stance
Back Scoop Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Stiff Leg Kick 16 System
Rear Crossover Heel Stomp Orange #13
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Orthodox 24 System
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Orange #14
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
32 System
Angle of Cancellation Orange #22
Complementary Angles
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES None
Reversing Mace
Snapping Twig
Shield and Sword
Circling Destruction

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


77
REPEATING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This defense is a response to a 1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and pivot to form a
step through push to the center right neutral bow stance (facing 12:00) as you defend
of your chest. It may also be used with a left outward hooking parry (palm up) simultaneous
as a defense against a cross
hand push.
with a right inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to
his left kidney. Immediately loop back with a right
outward back knuckle strike to his left ribcage as you
settle into your stance.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
5:00.

•There are three distinct phases of your stance during this initial
action. First, you will be in a modified right neutral bow stance as you
execute the left outward hooking parry. Second, you will rotate into
your stance with the right inward horizontal hammerfist strike. Third,
you will settle into your stance with the right outward back knuckle
strike.

•Some practitioners deliver a right inward horizontal hooking middle


knuckle fist strike to create deeper penetration into the left kidney.

•Your left outward hooking parry can be used in close quarters by


keeping the elbow anchored.

2. Shift your weight onto your left leg and deliver a right
inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to
the back of his left knee.

•This kick compliments the angle of the opponent’s left thigh and
strikes the top of his calf behind his knee. This action will cause his left
knee to buckle and force him onto his knees.

3. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


78
REPEATING MACE

EXTENSION
•There are two positions from 3. Front Point of Contact, plant your right foot to Point of
which to force the opponent to Origin and immediately slide your left foot toward 10:30
the ground—from front and from and form a left front twist stance as you execute a right
the rear of the opponent. The
method you choose will depend
outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his
upon the circumstances. Most sternum or face. Your left hand will check on top of his
modern practitioners practice left arm.
moving toward the front of the
opponent. •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
12:00 and forming the left front twist stance toward 11:00.
From the Front
After your right inward downward
4. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as
diagonal roundhouse kick, deliver
a right downward stomp to the you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike upward and
opponent’s left ankle and plant under the opponent’s chin. Simultaneous with this action
to the outside of his left leg. Slide your right hand will slide and check his left arm.
your left foot forward and form a
left front twist stance as you •The fingers of your right hand will point to the left and your palm will
deliver a right outard downward be out.
diagonal hammerfist strike to his
jaw. Pivot clockwise and form a •This sequence will cause the opponent to turn and begin to fall
left neutral bow stance and toward 1:30.
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike. Continue pivoting
clockwise and deliver a right 5. Without hesitation, continue to pivot clockwise and
spinning back heel kick to the deliver a right spinning back heel kick (toward 1:30) to
opponent’s head or solar plexus. the opponent’s solar plexus.
The opponent is now on his back.
The remainder of the extension is •This action will force him to the ground, onto his back, with his head
performed in the same manner. pointing toward 1:30.

From the Rear •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forcing the opponent down
After your right inward downward toward 11:00.
diagonal roundhouse kick, plant
your right foot to point of origin
6. Plant your right foot into a transitory right reverse cat
and slide your left foot forward to
form a left front twist stance as stance to gauge the distance and Angle of Entry for the
you deliver a right outward next move. Immediately have your left foot hop
downward diagonal hammerfist between the opponent’s legs and deliver a right back
strike to the opponent’s sternum. scoop kick to the inside of his left knee.
Pivot clockwise and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver
a left thrusting heel palm strike
7. Reverse the direction of your right foot and deliver a right
upward and under his chin. Your stiff-leg kick to the inside of his right leg.
right hand checks the
opponent’s left arm and hooks •The previous two moves are designed to force his legs apart.
the inside of his left arm to assist in
turning him. Continue pivoting 8. Plant your right foot to the inside of the opponent’s right
clockwise and deliver a right
leg and immediately execute a left rear crossover heel
spinning back heel kick to his
solar plexus. As you spin, use your stomp to his groin.
right hand to turn the opponent.
The remainder of the extension is 9. As the opponent reacts to the stomp, execute a right
performed in the same manner. thrusting knife-edge kick to his throat, chin, or face.
In both versions, you may have to
hop over his left leg to begin the
kicking sequence.
Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
79
REPEATING MACE

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


sweep kick to scrape the opponent’s right shin, instep,
and foot.

•You may also finish with a right stomp to his right ankle as you begin
your coverout.

11. Plant your right foot and execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


80
SHIELDING HAMMER
NAME—Shield is a term used to describe an extended ATTACK
outward block. In this defense, you will utilize an extended FRONT
outward block followed by a hammer fist strike in a response Left Roundhouse
Punch
to the opponent’s attack.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block Inside
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Horizontal Dipping Outward Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Extension
Front Twist Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Vertical Punch 12:00
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Upward Elbow Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Torquing Heel Palm Strike
Spinning Back Heel Kick 16 System
Orange #14
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Contouring Orange #15
Fitting 32 System
Orange #12
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Sword of Destruction
FORM LOCATION
Clutching Feathers
None
Unfurling Crane
Fatal Deviation

BASE FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE

EXTENSION FOUNDATIONAL TECHNIQUE

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


81
SHIELDING HAMMER

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step back and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right extended
outward block to the inside of the opponent’s left
forearm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near
your right rib cage.

•Many practitioners add a left minor block prior to delivering the right
extended outward block.

•Your extended outward block should also act as a strike injuring the
arm as you block.

2. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal raking back


knuckle strike across the bridge of the opponent’s nose.

•This action will turn the opponents head to his right and his body on
a 45-degree angle.

•This strike should be directed toward 10:30 to ensure depth of


penetration.

•Many opponent’s will lead with the head prior to delivering


roundhousing punches. In this defense, we beat his action by
meeting it with a right inward raking back knuckle strike to the bridge
of his nose.

•The action of striking with a raking back knuckle will also act as a
block if his right arm does come into play.

3. Continue the clockwise motion of your right arm and


shuffle forward to deliver a right horizontal dipping
outward elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus. Your
left hand will be positionally checking above your right
arm.

•Your left hand is positioned for a possible heel palm claw or five-
finger thrust to the opponent’s face or eyes.

•Some practitioners deliver the elbow strike in an outward downward


diagonal direction. The final path should be horizontal and forward
to take advantage of your body momentum.

•The direction of the elbow strike is toward 1:30 to create an Angle of


Incidence with his body.

•Deliver your right elbow strike without disrupting its flow of motion.

•Advanced practitiones should utilize a collapsing elbow strike and


use a forward push-drag maneuver to increase its power.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


82
SHIELDING HAMMER

EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left vertical punch to
the opponent’s sternum simultaneous with a right
downward hammerfist strike to his groin.

•Some practitioners utilize a right outward horizontal back knuckle


strike.

5. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as


you deliver a right upward elbow strike (obscure elbow)
to the opponent’s jaw while cocking your left hand palm
up in preparation for the next move. At the precise
moment you settle into your stance, deliver a left
downward torquing heel palm strike to his solar plexus or
sternum.

•As your right arm continues upward, follow the obscure elbow strike
with a right vertical upward heel palm strike to his jaw succeeded by
a right vertical upward five finger ripping claw to his face.

•Some practitioners omit the upward elbow strike and deliver a right
outward upward diagonal heel palm claw to the opponent’s chin
followed by a left outward horizontal handsword strike to his throat/
neck.

6. Without disrupting your flow of action, pivot clockwise


and form a right close kneel stance and immediately
deliver a left back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s
sternum or any available target.

•Your right foot may adjust to gauge for distance.

•A revision to the 1975 IKKA Red Manual described pivoting clockwise


and delivering a right spinning back heel kick to the opponent’s
groin. Next, you plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 12:00 and
execute a left back thrusting heel kick to the opponent’s sternum.
This “chicken kick” method appeared in only one revision and is not
commonly required.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


83
STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD
NAME—Many of the hand weapons that make up our ATTACK
natural weapons arsenal originated from ancient martial art FRONT
styles. Some were given nicknames that related to Rear Hug
with arms free
philosophic ideals or local folklore. In this technique, a half
fist is used as the principle striking weapon. This hand
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
weapon has also been known as a leopard’s fist and Holds and Hugs
serpent’s head.
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
BASICS
Base POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Neutral Bow Stance Left to Either
Inward Inverted Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Snapping Half Fist Strike (palm down) ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
Extension
45-Degree Cat Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Vertical Claw 16 System
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Orange #15
Wide Kneel Stance Orthodox 24 System
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Orange #16
Downward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
32 System
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Orange #14
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass in front of weapon FORM LOCATION
Zone of Obscurity Short Form 3
Contouring
Leveraging

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Grip of Death
Tripping Arrow
Thrusting Prongs
Escape from Death

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


84
STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step to 6:00 and form a left neutral
bow stance as you contour the opponent’s back and
deliver a left inward inverted back knuckle strike to his
left temple or mastoid. Simultaneously cock your right
hand in a half fist position palm upward below your right
pectoral muscle.

•As you cock your right arm you may insert a right inward hooking
heel palm strike to the left side of his face.

•When you cock your right arm, use this action check above the
opponent’s left arm, or, if possible, drive your right elbow to the rear
and clear his left arm from around your body. The position of your
right half fist then becomes a positional check to his left arm.

•Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.

•A left inward hooking wrist strike may also be utilized if circumstances


dictate.

2. Grab the opponent’s hair near his forehead and pull his
head backward and downward. Simultaneously pivot
counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as
you deliver a right snapping half fist strike (palm down) to
his throat. After the strike, immediately pivot back into
your left neutral bow stance and re-cock your right hand
in a palm up position below your right pectoral.

•By pulling the opponent’s head backward and downward, you


control his Dimensional Zones.

•Anchor your left elbow on his back, between his shoulder blades,
when fulcruming his head backward.

•The action on pulling the opponent’s head backward is similar to


GRIP OF DEATH and CROSSING TALON.

•Your half fist strike should aim at your left wrist. This will create a
backstop for the strike. This increases the effectiveness of your strike
and contributes to the principle of Sandwiching.

•When you pivot counterclockwise into your left forward bow stance,
your left knee buckles the inside of the opponent’s right knee. This
further controls the opponent’s Dimensional Zones and creates an
Angle of Disturbance.

3. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


85
STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD

EXTENSION
•Another version of the extension 3. Slide your left foot back and form a left 45-degree cat
is described below: stance as you deliver a left downward vertical claw to
the opponent’s face. Your right hand covers.
Step 3
Slide your left foot back and form
•The body momentum obtained by sliding backward into a left 45-
a left 45-degree cat stance as
degree cat stance (Gravitational Marriage) adds to the effectivenss
you deliver a left downward
of the left claw.
vertical claw to the opponent’s
face. Your right hand covers.
•The claw to the face causes the opponent to reach up and grab his
Step 4 face. This gives you the opportunity to grab his right wrst.
Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so
that it is alongside and parallel 4. Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so that it is alongside and
with your right foot. parallel with your right foot. Simultaneously track down
Simultaneously track down the
the opponent’s right arm and grab his right wrist with our
opponent’s right arm and grab
his right wrist with your left hand. left hand. Immediately step toward 11:00 with your right
Immediately crescent step foot and form a right neutral bow stance to buckle the
a r o u n d a n d b e h i nd t h e inside of his right knee as you simultaneously deliver a
opponent’s right leg to buckle right inward horizontal elbow strike to his left ribcage.
the back of his right knee as you
deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to his left ribcage. •The elbow strike should turn the opponent’s lett shoulder away and
present you a Line of Entry for the takedown.
Step 5
Your right hand reaches up and 5. With your left hand still grabbing, circle your right foot
grabs the back of this opponent’s around and behind the opponent’s right foot to buckle
collar or the hair (back of his
the back of his right knee as your right hand contours
head) and pulls him downward
as you drop into a right wide clockwise, around, and behind up the opponent’s back
kneel stance. and end by holding the left side of his neck using his left
shoulder as a fulcrum.
Step 6
Deliver a left inward overhead
hammerfist strike to the
6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and drop to form a left
opponent’s heart. wide kneel stance as you pull the opponent down and
force his back onto your right knee.
Step 7
Deliver a right inward raking
7. Release your left hand and check the opponent’s action
hammerfist strike to the
opponent’s bridge of nose as you at his chest. Simultaneously have your right hand slide
quickly and suddenly slide your counterclockwise under his back and circle it overhead
right foot back and forma right to deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his
45-degree cat stance and allow heart.
the opponent to fall to the
ground.
•Your right knee acts as a backstop for your hammerfist strike.
Step 8
•At this point, the opponent’s head should be pointing toward 9:30.
Deliver a right inward downward
looping roundhouse kick to the
opponent’s face.

Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


86
STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD

8. Execute a left downward thrusting heel palm strike to his


rib cage as you slide your right foot backward to form a
•An early version of this defense
(p re-1975 ) performed the
right 45-degree cat stance.
extension in the following
manner: •You should quickly move your right foot away to create a moment
when the opponent is no longer supported. This will further cause
Step 3 injury when the opponent falls to the ground.
Slide your left foot back and form
a left 45-degree cat stance as 9. Finish with a right inward downward looping roundhouse
you deliver a left downward
kick to the opponent’s face.
vertical claw to the opponent’s
face. Your right hand covers.
10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
Step 4 toward 4:30.
Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so
that it is alongside and parallel
with your right foot.
Simultaneously track down the
opponent’s right arm and grab
his right wrist with our left hand.
Immediately step toward 11:00
with your right foot and form a
right neutral bow stance to
buckle the inside of his right knee
as you simultaneously deliver a
right inward horizontal elbow
strike to his left ribcage.

Step 5
With your left hand still grabbing,
circle your right foot around and
behind the opponent’s right foot
to buckle the back of his right
knee as your right arm orbits
counterclockwise to deliver a
right heel palm strike to the
opponent’s left shoulder. Note:
this sequence is similar to
TRIPPING ARROW.

Step 6
Slide your left foot toward 4:30
and drop to form a left wide
kneel stance as you pull the
opponent down and force his
back onto your right knee.

Step 7
Release your left hand and
check the opponent’s action at
his chest. Simultaneously have
your right hand slide
counterclockwise under his back
and circle it overhead to deliver
a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike to his heart.

[continued on next page]

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


87
STRIKING SERPENT’S HEAD

Step 8
Execute a left downward
thrusting heel palm strike to his rib
cage as you slide your right foot
backward to form a right 45-
degree cat stance.

Step 9
Finish with a right inward
downward looping roundhouse
kick to the opponent’s face.

Step 10
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


88
LOCKED WING
NAME—The term wing is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
represent an elbow. In this defense, the opponent locks your REAR
right arm behind your back. Right Arm
Hammerlock

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Locks
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Uppercut Forearm Strike Outside
Forward Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike Left to Either
Extension
Wide Kneel Stance
ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike 6:00
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike 16 System
Close Kneel Stance Purple #11
Downward Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Back Heel Stomp Orange #17
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Orange #15
Leveraging
Sandwiching FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spiraling Twig
Defying the Storm
Flight to Freedom

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


89
LOCKED WING

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab the
opponent's right wrist with your right hand.

•You must begin your defense as soon as the opponent begins his
action.

•Try to place your left leg against the inside of his right leg.

•Some practioners step back and form a left reverse bow stance
toward 5:00 to buckle the inside of the oponnent’s left leg.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left outward
horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw.
Simultaneously pull the opponent’s right arm with your
right hand.

•Depending upon circumstances you may pivot counterclockwise


and form a left fighting horse stance.

•Pulling on the opponent’s right arm controls his Width Zone and
aligns the elbow for the break.

•You may follow the elbow strike with a left outward horizontal heel
palm strike and claw through his face.

3. Circle your left arm counterclockwise around his right


arm and deliver a left uppercut forearm strike against his
right elbow as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and
form a right forward bow stance facing 10:30.

•This action will begin to spin the opponent toward 12:00.

•An early version of this technique followed with a left rear heel palm
strike and grab to the groin. This action was intended to assist in
causing the opponent to bend further forward at the waist.

•Some practitioners straighten and rotate their left arm on a


downward 45-degree angle to increase the leverage on the
opponent’s right arm and force him to bend forward at the waist.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


90
LOCKED WING

4. Without hesitation, slide your right foot toward 4:30 and


form a left forward bow stance facing 10:30 as you
continue to apply pressure and spin him around.
Immediately release your right and deliver a right upward
knee kick to his chest simultaneously with a right inward
overhead heel palm strike to the back of his neck to
cause a sandwiching effect.

•The knee kick may also be directed toward the opponent’s head.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated sliding your right foot back
toward 6:00.

5. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 10:30 as you push the opponent off your
knee and onto the ground.

•The 1987 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
11:00.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


91
LOCKED WING

EXTENSION
5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand reaches
across the opponent’s back and grabs his chin from the
left side. Your right hand checks the opponent’s right
shoulder.

6. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and pivot


counterclockwise to face 7:30 in a right neutral bow
stance as your right hand pushes the opponent’s right
shoulder as you simultaneously twist the opponent’s
head counterclockwise to turn the opponent facing
7:30.

7. Drop into a right wide kneel stance and force the


opponent’s back onto your right knee.

•Use your left hand under the opponent’s chin to control the
opponent’s Height Zone and hold him in position for the strikes.

8. Deliver a right inward overhead elbow strike to the right


side of the opponent’s head followed by a right
downward hammerfist strike to his heart or sternum.

•An early version of the exentension continued the motion of the right
arm to deliver a right rear elbow strike to his chin followed by a right
returned five finger claw across the opponent’s face prior to
delivering the inward overhead elbow strike and hammerfist. This
action flowed from the natural flow of motion from pushing the
opponent’s shoulder to delivering the hammerfist strike.

9. Cock your right arm to your left shoulder and


immediately return with a right outward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his head followed
by a right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike
to his sternum as you slide your right foot toward 12:00
and form a right close kneel stance facing 10:30 to
deliver a left downward knee kick across the opponent’s
throat.

•You may deliver a right outward downward diagonal back knuckle


strike to the left side of his head followed by a left inward downward
diagonal heel palm strike and claw to his face to force him to the
ground as your right foot drops back.

•An early version of this extension forced the opponent to the ground
with a right outward claw followed by a left inward claw.

•Your right arm follows a figure-eight pattern as is delivers the inward


and outward hammerfist strikes.

•The opponent should fall beside your right leg to properly align for
the left downward knee kick.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


92
LOCKED WING

10. Spring upward and deliver a left back heel stomp kick to
the opponent’s face.

•You may execute a left front crossover sweep kick across his face
prior to delivering the back heel stomp.

•Stomp practitioners form a left one-legged stance to enhance the


effectivenessof the stomp.

11. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


93
OBSCURE WING
NAME—In this technique, you will utilize a rear vertical elbow ATTACK
strike. This strike travels in the obscure zone. In addition, RIGHT FLANK
elbows are symbolically referred to as wings. Hence the title, Left Hand
Obscure Wing. Shoulder Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Fighting Horse Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Back Hammerfist Strike Inside Left
Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Extension Right to Left
Reverse Bow Stance
Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Downward Heel Palm Strike
3:00
Side Scissor Headlock
Upward Knee Kick
Front Crossover Sweep Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick 16 System
Modified Close Kneel Stance Purple #12
Rear Twist Stance Orthodox 24 System
Orange #18
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Gravitational Marriage Orange #16
Back-up Mass
Torque
Get the Upper Hand
FORM LOCATION
Settling None
Obscure Zone
Borrowed Force

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Claws
Marriage of the Rams
Obscure Sword
Captured Twigs

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


94
OBSCURE WING

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your
right shoulder. Simultaneously step to 3:00 and form a
right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right rear
elbow strike to the opponent’s solar plexus.

2. Immediately deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the


opponent’s groin.

•You may also deliver a right back heel palm strke to the groin
followed by a grab to the testicles.

3. Finish with a right snapping obscure elbow strike to the


opponent’s chin.

•Your right arm contours up the opponent’s chest and tracks toward
its target.

•As you deliver the right obscure elbow strike, your left hand checks
low. When your right arm returns to position, your left hand checks
high. This is also known as “Changing of the Guard”.

•Some practitioners turn toward the opponent as the obscure elbow


is delivered. This is acceptable if you remember that it will change
the angle of delivery.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


95
OBSCURE WING

EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a
right reverse bow stance to buckle the opponent’s left
leg. Simultaneously deliver a right over-the-shoulder
back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face with a left
downward heel palm strike to the back of his head to
sandwich.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right leg slides toward
7:00.

5. Grab the right side of the opponent’s neck with your


right hand and the left side of his neck with your left
hand and lock his head in a side scissor headlock. Pull
the opponent downward as you deliver a right upward
knee kick to his face.

•Your left foot may gauge if necessary.

6. Plant your right foot directly downward (gauging leg)


and immediately slide your left foot toward 6:00, ending
in a right forward bow stance, as you simultaneously pull
downward on the opponent’s head to flip him to the
ground.

•Your right foot will plant in line with your left foot.

•When you plant down with your right foot and slide backward with
your left foot, you are performing a front-to-back switch maneuver.

•When the opponent lands, his feet will be pointing toward 12:00 with
his head toward 6:00.

•Before its revision, the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right
foot plants “slightly forward toward 12 o’clock into a shallow right
neutral bow”.

7. Execute a left front crossover sweep kick across the


opponent’s head and face (toward 12:00) and plant to
the right side of the opponent’s body.

8. Utilizing this counterclockwise torque, plant your left foot


back toward 4:30 (toward the right side of his head) and
deliver a right downward looping roundhouse kick to his
solar plexus. You will be in a modified left close kneel
stance.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


96
OBSCURE WING

9. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick across his


head and face and plant into a left rear twist stance
facing 6:00.

•Before the right front crossover sweep, some practitioners insert a left
front stomp to the opponent’s right shoulder as he reacts upward in
response to the kick to the groin.

•The right kick may also be executed in a vertical manner rather than
an inward sweeping motion if circumstances dictate.

10. Step out with your left foot and execute a double cover
out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


97
REVERSING MACE
NAME—Mace is a term used to symbolically represent a ATTACK
closed fist. In this defense you will employ the concept of FRONT
reverse motion in your defense. The extension of this Left Step Through
technique demonstrates reverse paths of motion. Punch

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Punches
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Parry Outside
Outward Parry
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Right to Left
Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Knife Edge Kick
12:00
Rear Crossover
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Overhead Hammerfist Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver 16 System
Forward Bow Stance Purple #9
Thrusting Vertical Punch Orthodox 24 System
Knee Kick Orange #19
Stomp 32 System
Orange #17
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Framing
Moving Up the Circle FORM LOCATION
Angle of Cancellation None
Reverse Motion
Complementary Angles

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Repeating Mace
Glancing Wing
Entwined Lance
Destructive Fans

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


98
REVERSING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot
toward 4:30 and defend with a right inward parry
followed by a left outward parry. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle
strike to the opponent’s left lower ribcage. Your left hand
will end palm up on top of the opponent’s left arm like a
waiter carrying a tray.

•Some instructors teach this as a right inward block followed by a left


vertical outward block. Regardless of the method used, the principle
remains the same. Note: the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that
the defensive actions are blocks; the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicated that the defensive actions are parries. Blocks have the
added advantage of controlling the opponent’s Width Zone.

•The back knuckle strike will cause the opponent to bend forward at
the waist.

•This method of moving is called moving “Up the Circle”. By moving


Up the Circle, you place yourself within range of his ribcage and
gain a better angle from which to strike. You can also use the
opponent as an obstancle if there is another opponent.

•By moving Up the Circle, you are at an angle which will enable you
to sophisticate the action of blocking by immediately following the
block with a right vertical thrust punch or a right two-finger poke to
his eye.

•Your right leg should check the back of the opponent’s right knee.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate moving your left foot toward
5:00.

2. Immediately deliver a right inward downward looping


roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s left
knee.

•Your right kick will compliment the angle of the opponent’s left thigh
to strike with your instep to the top of his calf. This action will cause his
left knee to buckle toward the ground.

•An early (pre-1975) version of this defense delivered a right snapping


knife edge kick to the opponent’s left knee to cause the buckle.

3. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


99
REVERSING MACE

EXTENSION
•A noth er v ersi on of thi s 3. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 12:00
description is as follows: so that you end behind your opponent and immediately
drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot
Step 3
From Point of Contact, plant your
and deliver a right knife edge kick (toward 10:30) to the
right foot toward 12:00 so that inside of the opponent’s right knee.
you end behind your opponent
and immediately drag your left •Use the momentum of your left drag step to assist in the delivery of
foot (gauging leg) toward your the right knife edge kick.
right foot and deliver a right knife
edge kick to the inside of the •This action take place from the back of the opponent and should
opponent’s right knee. buckle his right knee from inside out and force him onto his right
knee (or onto both knees). It will turn him toward his left and present
Step 4 his sterhum as the next target.
From Point of Contact, plant your
right foot toward 10:30 and •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 11:00.
immediately execute a left rear
crossover to form a left rear twist 4. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 10:30
stance as you simultaneoulsy
and immediately execute a left rear crossover to form a
deliver a right outward overhead
hammerfist strike to the left rear twist stance as you simultaneously deliver a right
opponent’s sternum. Your left outward overhead hammerfist strike to the opponent’s
hand checks his left arm and sternum. Your left hand checks his left arm and shoulder.
shoulder.
•Your right arm will travel over your opponent’s left shoulder to his
Step 5 sternum assuming that his is still on his knee or knees.
In reaction to your strike, the
opponent’s left arm will come •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
upward. Take advantage of this 11:00.
action by pinning his left arm
against your right hip in a manner
similar to LOCKED WING as you 5. Pivot counterclockwise 360-degrees and form a left
pivot counterclockwise. This neutral bow stance to deliver a left outward back
action will create a fulcrum on his knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid as you
left elbow joint. Continue to pivot
settle into your stance.
counterclockwise and form a left
neutral bow stance and deliver a
•Your may need to adjust your right foot (gauging leg) toward 11:00
left rear elbow strike to the back
and 12:00 at the conclusion of your turn to gauge for distance,
of his head.
angle, and direction prior to striking with your left back knuckle strike
Step 6
Your left hand reaches across the 6. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver toward 6:00 and
right side of his face and grabs his pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward bow stance
chin (fingers to right; thumb as you deliver a right thrusting vertical punch to the
down). Adjust your right foot opponent’s upper spine as your left hand checks his
t o wa r d 1 1 : 0 0 a n d pi v o t
counterclockwise to form a left
shoulder blades.
forward bow stance as you pull
the opponent’s head back and •When executing this thrusting punch, emphasize the penetrating
claw his face while force of your first two knuckles.
simultaneoulsy delivering a right
horizontal thrust punch to the •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this punch as a “corkscrew
back of his head. punch”.

[continued on next page] 7. Immediately follow with a right knee kick to the
opponent’s lower spine.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


100
REVERSING MACE

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right stomp to the


opponent’s left ankle.
Step 7
If he rises upward, grab his
shoulders and pull him into a right 9. From the position of your right stomp, plant to the inside
knee kick to his lower spine. of the opponent’s left ankle. Execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 12:00
Step 8
From Point of Contact, deliver a
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting to the outside of the
right stomp to his left ankle.
opponent’s left ankle. A later revision changed it to the inside.
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


101
THRUSTING PRONGS
NAME—This technique receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which your thumbs resemble prongs during its thrusting FRONT
action. Rear Hug
with arms pinned

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Base Holds and Hugs
Modified Left Forward Bow Stance
Twin Thumb Thrusts DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Upward Knee Kick Inside
Rear Elbow Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Stomp Kick Left to Either
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike
12:00
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Close Kneel Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Back Scooping Heel Kick 16 System
Purple #10
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Back Up Mass Orange #20
Gravitational Marriage 32 System
Contouring
Orange #19
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Glancing Salute FORM LOCATION
Tripping Arrow None
Spiraling Twig

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


102
THRUSTING PRONGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a modified left
forward bow stance as you deliver twin thumb thrusts to
the opponent’s groin.

•Have only your right foot move back and not your upper body as
you form the left forward bow stance. This utilizes Mid-Point Balance.

•The thumb strikes to the groin are designed to move the opponent’s
hip backward to create room for the following strikes. Keep your
thumbs together during the strike.

•Be cautious of having the opponent’s head accidentally strike your


face in reaction to the groin strike. You may prevent this by placing
the right side of your face against the right side of his face.

•The forward bow stance creates a Bracing Angle against the


opponent’s forrward Body Momentum.

2. Immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to the


opponent’s groin as your left hand hooks in the shape of
the crane over and on top of the opponent’s right arm.
Pull downward on his arm and pin his right arm against
your left side. Simultaneously cock your right arm to your
hip to clear his left arm with a right rear elbow strike and
to cock your right arm for the next strike.

•Prior to cocking your rihgt arm to your right hip, deliver a right inward
hooking heel palm strike to the left side of his chest. This minor strike
assists in controlling his Width Zone.

•The actions of your left hand controls the opponent’s Width and
Height Zones. The upward knee kick further controls this Height Zone
by causing him to react by bending forward or bending his knees.

•Your left arm utilizes the principle of anchoring while controlling his
right arm. The crane hand can pull downward on the opponent’s
bent arm in a manner similar to TRIGGERED SALUTE or it may pull
inward and lock his arm in an arm bar in a manner similar to DEFYING
THE STORM.

3. With your right knee in his groin, deliver a right thrusting


knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.

•This kick should force the opponent’s left leg outward controlling his
Dimensional Zones.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


103
THRUSTING PRONGS

4. Scrape down the opponent’s left shin and end with a


right downward stomp to his left instep as you
simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal elbow
strike to the left side of the opponent’s face or rib cage.

•By scraping down the opponent’s shin, you may rotate his leg
outward which exposes his ankle for attack. The stomp will possibly
break his ankle when it is placed in this position.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated delivering the right inward
horizontal elbow strike to the right side of the opponent’s face
instead of his left side. This was corrected in a later revision but
reappeared in the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


104
THRUSTING PRONGS

EXTENSION
•Another version of the extension 5. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
is described below: bow stance facing 1:30 as your right hand hooks (in the
shape of the crane) the right side of his neck and head
Step 5
Slide your right foot toward 9:00
and forces his head downward. As you settle into your
and form a left front twist stance stance, deliver a left inward overhead handsword strike
facing 3:00 as your right hand to the back of his neck. At this point your right hand is
hooks (in the shape of the crane) covering near your stomach.
the right side of his neck and
head and forces his head
•Anchor your right elbow to ensure its effectiveness.
downward.

Step 6 6. Using 1/4 beat timing, deliver a right upward knee kick to
Deliver a right upward knee kick the opponent’s face immediately following your left
to the opponent’s face. handsword strike. During this action, cock your right hand
Step 7
above your right ear (palm facing outward).
Momentarily plant your right foot
into a right neutral bow stance 7. Plant directly forward under your opponent’s head and
and immediately bounce the form a right neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you
right foot to deliver a right back
simultaneously deliver a right inward overhead
scooping heel kick to the
opponent’s face. handsword strike to the back of his neck. Your left hand
checks the opponent’s right shoulder.
Step 8
Finish with a right thrusting knife •You may have to modify the depth of your right neutral bow stance
edge kick to the inside of the depending upon the circumstances.
opponent’s left knee.

Step 9
8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse close
Execute a right front crossover kneel stance and execute a right back scooping heel
and double cover out toward kick to the opponent’s left jaw hinge. During this action,
7:30. use your right hand to brace the opponent’s head to
increase the effectiveness of your kick.

9. From Point of Contact, deliver a right thrusting knife edge


kick to the inside of the opponent's left knee to buckle
his leg outward.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 7:30

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


105
TWISTED TWIG
NAME—Twig is a symbolic term use to describe an arm. In ATTACK
this defense when your arm is twisted in a wrist lock. FRONT
Outward Wrist Lock

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Locks
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Elbow Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Fighting Horse Stance Inside
Rear Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Rear Hammerfist Strike Right to Right
Extension
Rear Crossover ATTACK DIRECTION
Vertical Back Knuckle Strike 12:00
Upward Knee Kick
Close Kneel Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Knee Kick 16 System
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Purple #15
Downward Two-Knuckle Punch Orthodox 24 System
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Orange #21
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Orange #20
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thrusting Wedge FORM LOCATION
Circling Wing None
Obscure Wing

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


106
TWISTED TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponent’s right knee. Your left hand checks on top of
his right wrist to prevent him from applying leverage.
Simultaneously deliver a right upward elbow strike to his
solar plexus and/or jaw.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse


stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the
opponent’s solar plexus.

•Your right hand will be palm upward as you execute the rear elbow
strike.

3. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a right


reverse bow stance as you deliver a right rear hammerfist
strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand is checking
over your right shoulder.

•You may insert a left inward eye hook as you hammerfist strike.

•Some practitioners countergrab the opponent’s left wrist with their


left hand and apply a forward arm bar lock using their own chest as
a fulcrum (forward arm bar). When you countergrab with your left
hand to his left wrist, your left forearm checks his right arm and
prevents torque from being applied.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


107
TWISTED TWIG

EXTENSION
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual 3. Execute a left rear crossover and form a right reverse
incorrectly reversed the starting bow stance to buckle the inside of his left knee.
12:00 position during the Simultaneously deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to his
description of the extension. It has
been corrected in this manual.
groin as your left hand hooks the left side of his neck in
the shape of the crane and deliver a right vertical back
knuckle strike to his face.

•The position of your left hand acts as a backstop and creates a


sandwiching effect with the right back knuckle strike.

4. Grab the right side of the opponent’s neck with your


right hand in the shape of the crane. Pull his head down
with both hands as you deliver a right upward knee kick
to his head.

•Both hands act as a backstop and create a sandwiching effect.

5. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) directly down so that it


is in line with your left foot. Immediately step back with
your left foot toward 12:00 as both arms pull the
opponent’s head downward to flip him on his back.

•At the conclusion of the flip, the opponent’s head will be pointing
toward 12:00 and his feet toward 6:00.

•The action of kicking with your right knee—planting down—and


stepping back with your left foot is essentially a front-to-back switch
maneuver.

6. Leap counterclockwise and drop into a left close kneel


stance to deliver a right downward knee kick across the
opponent’s throat and right clavicle. Simultaneously
deliver a right inward downward raking back knuckle
strike across the bridge of his nose.

•Allow the motion of this strike to carry you into the clockwise leap for
the next strike.

7. Leap clockwise in the air and drop into a right close


kneel stance to deliver a left downward knee kick across
the opponent’s throat and left clavicle. Simultaneously
deliver a left downward two-knuckle punch to the
opponent’s face.

•The left knee may also strike the sternum or left side of his rib cage
depending upon circumstances.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


108
TWISTED TWIG

8. Leap counterclockwise landing on your left foot as you


deliver a right inward downward looping roundhouse
kick to the opponent’s sternum.

9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


109
OBSCURE SWORD
NAME—The title of this technique has a double meaning. ATTACK
Obscure refers to actions taking place beyond our RIGHT REAR FLANK
peripheral range. As your opponent grabs you from the right Left Hand
rear flank (obscure zone), you are unable to determine the Shoulder Grab
actual intent of the person grabbing you. If the person was
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
carrying a weapon, such as a knife, then the knife (sword)
Grabs and Tackles
would be obscured from your vision. Your counter action will
deliver a handsword (sword) from an angle which is obscure DEFENSIVE LOCATION
to your opponent. Inside Left

POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
BASICS Right to Left
Base
Neutral Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Forward Bow Stance 4:30
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Extended Outward Block
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Extension Purple #16
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Hammerfist Strike Orthodox 24 System
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Orange #23
Rear Twist Stance 32 System
Outward Back Knuckle Strike Orange #21
Upward Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
FORM LOCATION
Back Elbow Strike
Rear Hammerfist Strike
None
Front-to-Back Switch
Knee Kick
Twin Heel Palm Strikes
Rear Crossover
Back Heel Stomp
Front Crossover Sweep Kick and Stomp

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES


Torque
Back-Up Mass
Purposeful Defiance
Purposeful Compliance
Object Obscurity
Borrowed Force

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Sword and Hammer
Obscure Wing
Obscure Claws
Menacing Twirl
Sword of Destruction
Thrusting Salute

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


110
OBSCURE SWORD

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s left hand to your
right shoulder. Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your
left foot and form a left neutral bow stance. Your right
hand cocks under your heart in a palm up position.

•By pulling on the opponent’s left hand as you step forward you
control his Dimensional Zones and disrupt his balance (Angle of
Disturbance).

•Your opponent should not see your hands.

•By placing your right hand under your heart it prevents it from being
grabbed by the opponent, enables it to be launched from an
obscure area, and cocks it (preparatory cock) for the next action.

•This initial move utilizes the concept of Purposeful Defiance


(Opposition).

•Some practitioners utilize a right reverse bow stance on this initial


action.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 4:30 as you simultaneously deliver a right outward
horizontal handsword strike to the opponent’s throat.
Your left hand is checking low.

•The opponent’s reaction from the previous move is to pull his left
hand back and turn you to face him. You will go with this action but
utilize it for your own purpose. This is called Purposeful Compliance.

•This action also utilizes the concept of Borrowed Force.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right forward bow
stance should be directed toward 5:00.

3. Finish with a left front snapping ball kick to his groin. As


you kick your right hand deflects and checks the
opponent’s left arm with a right extended outward
block.

•This kick may be delivered to the inside of the opponent’s right knee
if circumstances dictate.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


111
OBSCURE SWORD

4. Plant your left foot back to point of origin and execute a


right front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.

•An early version of this technique concluded by having you plant


back with your left foot at a greater to distance than point of origin
to execute a reverse pull-drag maneuver.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate an Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


112
OBSCURE SWORD

EXTENSION
4. Plant your left foot forward (gauging leg) and execute a
right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the
opponent’s right knee. During this action your left hand
positionally checks and your right hand is in a
preparatory cock position by your right ear.

5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously execute a right
inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to
the left side of the bridge of the opponent’s nose.
Continue the action of your right hand and end in a
possible right outward downward diagonal hammerfist
strike to the opponent’s right collar bone or chest.

6. Slide your left foot behind your right leg and form a left
rear twist stance toward 12:00. Simultaneously deliver a
right outward back knuckle strike to the right bridge of
the opponent’s nose immediately followed by a right
upward elbow strike to his chin.

7. Slide your right foot back and form a right reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right back elbow strike to the
opponent’s sternum followed by a right rear hammerfist
strike to the opponent’s groin.

•You may have to adjust your angles if circumstances dictate.

8. Execute a front-to-back switch and slide your left foot


back forming a left reverse bow stance to buckle the
back of the opponent’s left leg.

•You may have to adjust your angles if circumstances dictate.

9. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance


facing your opponent and have both hands grab the
opponent’s shoulders. Turn the opponent clockwise to
face 4:30.

10. Pull downward on the opponent’s shoulders and deliver


a right knee kick to his coccyx.

11. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver twin heel palm strikes to the
back of his shoulder blades forcing him face downward.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


113
OBSCURE SWORD

12. Execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right back


heel stomp to the opponent’s groin.

•Some practitioners add a left rear cross stomp to the opponent’s


right ankle.

13. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick and stomp


sliding over the opponent’s left thigh and calf and finish
with a right front crossover and double cover out toward
10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


114
RAINING CLAW
NAME—The name of this defense stems from one of the ATTACK
major counter strikes utilized—an inward overhead heel FRONT
palm claw. As it descends, the claw appears, like rain from Right Uppercut Punch
a cloud.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Above
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Block
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Claw POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Right to Right
Vertical Back Knuckle Thrust
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 12:00
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Ricocheting Five-Finger Thrust
16 System
Vertical Downward Five-Finger Claw
Half Fist Strike Purple #13
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Orthodox 24 System
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Orange #23
Direct Snaking Hammerlock 32 System
Wide Kneel Stance Orange #23
Close Kneel Stance
Knee Drop FORM LOCATION
Back Heel Stomp
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Smothering
Threading

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circling Wing
Heavenly Ascent
Prance of the Tiger
Dance of Darkness

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


115
RAINING CLAW

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step to 6:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a right inward
downward block to the opponent’s right forearm. Your
left hand is guarding high to protect your head.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “downward


inward block”.

•By stepping back you increase the distance between the opponent
and you; thereby, nullifying the effect of his uppercut by taking you
out of range.

•The block creates frictional pull which forces him downward and
pulls him forward to control his Dimensional Zones. In doing so, his
head will be brought forward.

2. Deliver a left inward overhead heel palm claw to the


opponent’s face.

•During this action, your right elbow remains close to your body.

•This strike may bring your opponent’s head forward and downward.

•Some practitioners execute a forward push-drag maneuver to occur


with the inward overhead heel palm claw.

•The left inward overhead heel palm claw is an example of fitting the
weapon to the target (bridge of the nose).

3. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you circle


your right hand clockwise and execute a right vertical
back knuckle thrust to the opponent’s face as you settle
into your stance. Your left hand checks low.

•Your right hand threads its way to the target by tracking along your
left wrist.

•Apply Object Obscurity by releasing your left claw to his face just
prior to delivering the right punch.

•Some practitioners execute a right uppercut punch.

•Some practitioners pivot into a right forward bow stance to deliver


the left inward overhead claw and hold the forward push-drag until
execution of the next strike. Other practitioners eliminate the forward
push-drag entirely. Range and circumstances will dictate your
options.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


116
RAINING CLAW

EXTENSION
•An alternate version of the 4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance
extension is as follows: toward 12:00 as your left hand (which is positionally
checking at your sternum) execute a left thrusting heel
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right
palm strike to the opponent’s chin and convert it into a
forward bow stance as you left ricocheting five-finger thrust to his eyes. Your right
execute a left thrusting heel palm hand positionally checks at your sternum.
strike to his chin and covert it into
a left ricocheting five-finger •Some practitioners do not pivot into the right forward bow stance
thrust. during this sequence.

Step 5 5. Convert your left five-finger thrust into a left vertical


Convert your left five-finger thrust
downward five-finger claw to the opponent’s face as
into a left vertical downward five-
finger claw as you pivot you pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow
counterclockwise to form a right stance. As you settle into your stance and as your left
neutral bow stance. Deliver a hand tracks its way down his face, execute a right half
right half fist strike (palm up) to his fist strike (palm up) to the opponent’s throat.
throat as you settle into your
stance. •Time the action of your left and right hands so they counteract each
other.
Step 6
Slide your left foot toward 4:30 •Continue the motion of your left hand and drop it down to act as a
and form a right neutral bow cocking check above your right arm in a manner similar to FIVE
stance facing 10:30 as you deliver SWORDS.
a left outward horizontal heel
palm claw to the left side of his •Practitioners who do not pivot into a right forward bow stance in
face simultaneously with a right Step 3 will naturally not pivot into a right neutral bow stance.
outward horizontal back knuckle
strike to his solar plexus.
6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 to form a right neutral
Step 7 bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand execute a left
Slide your left foot toward 1:30 outward horizontal heel palm claw to the left side of the
and form a right neutral bow opponent’s face. Simultaneously deliver a right outward
stance facing 7:30 as you set a
horizontal back knuckle strike to his solar plexus.
vertical shoulder lock on his left
arm. Your left hand will be
•Your right arm circles above and on the inside of the opponent’s left
controlling his wrist in a wrist lock
arm.
and your right hand will be
controlling his elbow. As you set
•Your arms travel in a counterclockwise circle.
the lock, force the opponent’s
head down into your right knee.
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate sliding your left foot toward 4:00.
Immediately follow with a left
upward knee kick to his face.
7. Continue sliding your left foot up the circle toward 1:30 to
Step 8 form a right neutral bow stance as your right hand
Plant your left foot toward 6:00 continues under your opponent’s left arm. Your left hand
and form a left neutral bow checks his left elbow. Immediately apply a direct
stance as you wrench his left
elbow with your right hand.
snaking hammerlock as you drop your weight and form
a right wide kneel stance facing 7:30 forcing the
opponent to bend over.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
“one and two o’clock”.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual revision stated to face toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


117
RAINING CLAW

8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 as your left hand
slides along the opponent’s left forearm to end with a
Step 9 grab to his left wrist.
Manipulate his left arm into a
hammerlock position. Grab his
•At this point, begin placing great stress on his left arm.
left wrist with your left hand and
contour up his back with your
right hand ending at the back of 9. Slide your right foot 180-degrees clockwise (right reverse
his head. Your right hand applies step through) toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow
pressure to the back of his head
stance facing 12:00 as your right hand assists your left
to act as a check.
hand in grabbing the opponent’s left wrist. Yank his arm
Step 10 toward you to dislocate his left shoulder and force him to
Slide your right foot 180-degrees the ground.
clockwise toward 6:00 to form a
left neutral bow stance facing •Some practitioners execute a reverse push-drag maneuver to assist
12:00 as you pull back and with the dislocation.
upward with your left hand as
your right hand pushes his head •The opponent’s arm must be lifted upward and off his back moving
downward. toward you to cause the dislocation.
Step 11 •Your opponent will end face downward with head head pointing
Leap counterclockwise and form toward you.
a left close kneel stance facing
9:00 to deliver a right knee drop
to the back of his neck. 10. Leap counterclockwise and form a left close kneel
stance facing 9:00 to deliver a right knee drop to the
Step 12 back of the opponent’s neck.
Using the opponent’s neck as a
springboard, leap clockwise,
•Take full advantage of Gravitational Marriage in this strike.
facing 3:00, and deliver a left
back heel stomp to his head.
11. Using the opponent’s neck as a springboard, leap
Step 13 clockwise, facing 3:00, and deliver a left back heel
From Point of Contact, execute a stomp to his head.
left front crossover and double
cover out toward 4:30.
•Take full advantage of Gravitational Marriage in this strike.

12. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


118
CRASHING WINGS
NAME—The term wing is a symbolic reference to an elbow ATTACK
strike. This technique receives its name from the manner in REAR
which the elbows (wings) are delivered in a downward Rear Hug
with arms free
direction (crashing) to the opponent’s arms.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strikes Inside
Transitional Close Cat Stance
Reverse Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Neutral Bow Stance Left to Either
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw ATTACK DIRECTION
Forward Bow Stance 6:00
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Torquing Heel Palm Strike 16 System
Wide Neutral Bow Stance Orange #16
Upward Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Right Front Twist Stance Orange #24
Forward Step Through Foot Maneuver 32 System
Inward Slicing Knife Edge Kick Orange #24
Sliding Back Heel Kick
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


119
CRASHING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as you simultaneously deliver twin inward
downward diagonal elbow strikes to the opponent's
forearms.

•Use your hips as a backstop to increase the effectiveness of the


elbow strikes.

•You must raise (cock) both arms prior to delivering the elbow strikes.

•Anchor your buttocks against his right upper thigh to control his
Dimensional Zones.

•By dropping your weight, you control his Height Zone.

2. Slide your left foot toward your right foot and form a
transitional close cat stance as your arms cock at your
right hip. Your right palm will be facing upward and your
left palm facing inward.

•As you slide to the cat stance, control the opponent’s right arm with
both hands. Your movement to the right should upset the
opponent’s balance by placing weight onto his right leg.

3. Slide your left foot toward 7:30 to go around and behind


the opponent’s right leg to form a left reverse bow
stance

•Keep your left hip against the opponent’s right hip to check is action
by creating a Bracing Angle. If you leave a gap, the opponent can
sweep his right leg backward and remove your base.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
7:00.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a left outward
horizontal elbow strike to his face. Have your left arm
continue across the opponent’s face and execute a left
outward horizontal heel palm claw to his face. Your right
arm will cock in a fist (palm out) beside your right ear.

•Your left outward elbow strike will be palm downward at point of


execution.

•Just prior to delivering your left outward elbow strike, pull forward on
the opponent’s right arm to control his Width Zone.

•The left arm can contour up the opponent’s chest and deliver a left
outward upward diagonal elbow strike to his jaw.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


120
CRASHING WINGS

5. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a left


forward bow stance facing 7:30 and deliver a right
inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his
bladder. Your left outward elbow strike follows through
with its motion and pins the opponent’s right arm against
your left side.

•Your left thigh acts as a backstop to the hammerfist strike to increase


its effectiveness.

•Your left thigh acts as a fulcrum to cause a takedown.

•By locking out your right arm, it acts as a check against his legs as he
falls to the ground.

6. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance.


Immediately execute a left front crossover and double
cover out toward 12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


121
CRASHING WINGS

EXTENSION
• S o m e p r a c t i ti o n e r s t a k e 6. Have your right hammerfist strike slide up the centerline
advantage of a hidden motion of the opponent’s body and end with a right torquing
by planting into a right front twist heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw as your left foot
stance (facing 7:30) after the
right upward knee kick. As the left
steps slightly to the left and forms a left wide neutral bow
foot steps forward and the right stance.
foot slides back to 6:00 to face
12:00 in a left neutral bow stance, •At the point of your right hammerfist stike to his groin, your left elbow
you can cause a neck wrench will still be on contact with your opponent’s head. This position is
simply by holding the opponent’s similar to CRUSHING HAMMER. This allows your left arm to
head and chin with your hands immediately grab his forehead.
and utilizing your body’s
rotational action. This neck •Your right fingers will be parallel to the ground and pointing away
wrench is enhanced as the from you at point of contact of the heel palm strike.
opponent falls to the ground.
7. Your left hand grabs the opponent’s forehead and your
•Another version of the extension
some practitioners follow is right hand grabs the bridge of his nose and yanks the
described below: opponent’s head downward into your right upward knee
kick to the back of his head and neck.
Step 5
Adjust your left foot toward 6:00
and pin the opponent’s right arm
8. Drop your opponent to the ground (he will end face up
under your left elbow as your left with his head pointing toward 4:30). During this action
hand controls his right elbow. have your right foot plant toward 7:30 and form a right
Simultaneously deliver a right front twist stance. Immediately follow with a left forward
thrusting heel palm strike to the
step through foot maneuver into a left neutral bow
right side of his jaw. At this point,
your right fingers will be pointing stance. Conclude this maneuver by sliding your right foot
to the right and the opponent’s clockwise toward 6:00 to form a left neutral bow stance
head will turn away. facing 12:00.
Step 6 •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual incorrectly stated planting your right foot
Allow the opponent to fall and into a neutral bow stance.
deliver a right upward knee kick
to his right rib cage.
9. Deliver a right inward slicing knife edge kick through the
Step 7 opponent’s head and plant toward 7:30. Continue this
With your right foot still in the air, flow of motion and deliver a left sliding back heel kick to
execute a right front crossover
the right side of the opponent’s head.
stomp to his right arm. After the
stomp, step off and plant your
right foot above his right arm. •The left sliding back heel kick is a 180-degre turn. Some practitioners
Your left leg (gauges for angle turn 360 degrees and deliver a left spinning outward hooking heel
and distance) steps forward kick. In such cases, you will conclude with a right front crossover and
above his right beside your right double coverout toward 7:30
foot. Immediately slide your right
foot backward and form a right 10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
reverse bow stance to sweep his toward 7:30.
right arm away. This turns and
exposes the opponent’s head.

[continued on following page]

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


122
CRASHING WINGS

Step 8
Execute a right slicing knife edge
kick to his head. Plant your right
foot (gauging leg) beside your
left and immediately spin
counterclockwise and execute a
left rear spinning back kick (on
the ground) to the opponent’s
head.

Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 4:30.

Note: This alternate extension is


similar in application to the
extension found in SQUATTING
SACRIFICE.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


123
PURPLE BELT

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


TWIRLING WINGS
NAME—This technique derives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which your body applies twirling checks to control the REAR
opponent’s Dimensional Zones. Your elbows (wings) will be Two Hand, Stiff Arm,
the chief striking weapons used in this defensive study. Shoulder Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Rear Twist Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Outside Left
Vertical Outward Block
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Fighting Horse Stance Left to Either
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
6:00
Reverse Bow Stance
Thrusting Knee Kick
Rear Twist Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise 16 System
Rear Twist Stance Purple #1
Outward Back Knuckle Strike Orthodox 24 System
Purple #1
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Torque Orange #27
Angle of Disturbance
Zone of Obscurity
FORM LOCATION
Compact Unit
Angle of Incidence Short Form 3
Fitting

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crossed Twigs
Entangled Wing
Circling Wing
Circling the Storm
Captured Leaves
Crossing Talon

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


124
TWIRLING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Some practitioners utilize a right 1. Slide your left foot toward 5:00 and form a left rear twist
hand pin prior to delivering the stance as you cock both hands in fists at your right hip.
left vertical outward block. This is Your right fist should be palm up and your left fist palm
in keeping with the rule that you
always pin when stepping toward
facing you (cup and saucer).
the opponent and it is optional
when stepping away. If you wish •Tuck your chin into your chest to help nullify the effects of a choke. If
to insert the pin in this technique, applied.
keep in mind that your right arm
will have to travel twice as fast in •Some practioners use a reverse bow stance on the initial move.
order to pin and then cock for
the right inward elbow strike. The 2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow
pin can also be used to create a
stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left vertical outward
fulcrum as the left arm delivers its
motion. block to the outside of his left arm (at or above his
elbow) simultaneously with a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the back of his left lower ribcage.

•If the opponent’s right leg is forward, the action of pivoting into a left
forward bow stance will create a buckle on his right leg.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left fighting horse stance as


you deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the
front of his left lower rib cage. Your right hand is checking
high on his right arm (Bracing Angle Check).

•If the opponent’s left leg is forward, the action of pivoting into a left
fighting horse stnace will create a buckle on his left leg.

•Keep your right hand a safe distance from your face to cushion any
blow that might be directed toward your head or face.

4. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


125
TWIRLING WINGS

EXTENSION
4. Have your right leg cross behind your left leg (left rear
crossover) and immediately slide your left leg back to
buckle the inside of his right leg. At this point you will be
in a left reverse bow stance.

•Keep the opponent’s arms in check as you cross behind and use
your body to upset his balance and stability.

•An optional left rear hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin may
be inserted with the buckle.

•As your right leg crosses behind your left, you may insert a right two-
finger eye poke. This will assist in upsetting the opponent’s balance.

5. From your left reverse bow stance, deliver a left thrusting


knee kick to the inside of his left knee to create another
buckling effect.

•If the range is too far for the knee kick, a left snapping knife-edge
kick may be utilized instead of the knee kick.

6. Plant your left foot in front of your right forming a right


rear twist stance facing 6:00. Immediately pivot
clockwise and deliver a right rear spinning stiff leg raise
kick to the opponent’s groin.

7. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a left rear
twist stance and deliver a right outward back knuckle
strike to the opponent’s head.

8. From your twist stance, step out with your left leg to
complete the right front crossover and double cover out
toward 5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


126
SNAPPING TWIG
NAME—You respond to the opponent’s push by utilizing ATTACK
opposing forces (snapping) to hyper-extend his left arm FRONT
(twig). Left Hand Direct Push

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Pushes
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Inside
Outward Thrusting Handsword Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Right to Left
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 12:00
Front Twist Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike 16 System
Chopping Punch Purple #2
Outward Back Knuckle Strike Orthodox 24 System
Side Kick
Purple #2
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
32 System
Frictional Pull Orange #28
Orbital Adjustment
Sandwiching FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Lone Kimono
Hooking Wings
Shield and Sword
Repeating Mace

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


127
SNAPPING TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This defense is sometimes 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
related to the arm wrench found neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
in LONE KIMONO. In SNAPPING inward horizontal heel palm strike to the inside of the
TWIG, the wrenching motion is
along a horizontal path; in LONE
opponent’s left wrist simultaneously with a right inward
KIMONO it is along a vertical horizontal heel palm strike to his left elbow.
path.
•These two simultaneous strikes utilize the principles of Fulcruming and
•This is a defense against a Wrenching to control his Width Zone.
center chest push with forces you
to step directly back to ride the •The left hand can also act as a pinning check.
motion along the angle of least
resistance. 2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and
hook over the top of the opponent’s left arm. Utilize
frictional pull to yank his left arm downward and past
your right hip as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and
form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a
left outward thrusting handsword strike to his throat.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward downward
diagonal raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of
the opponent’s nose. Your left hand executes a sliding
check down the opponent’s left arm.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 12:00 and deliver a left inward horizontal heel
palm strike to the right side of the of his jaw.

•Some practitioners pivot at the waist and do not form a forward


bow stance.

5. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver as you continue


the counterclockwise motion of your right arm to deliver
a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the left side of
the opponent’s jaw.

•Your right arm adjusts its orbit (Orbital Adjustment) to continue the
Flow of Action.

•Your left hand acts as a backstop to create a sandwiching effect.

•Some practitioners eliminate Step 4 and deliver the heel palm strike
simultaneously with the inward elbow strike.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


128
SNAPPING TWIG

EXTENSION
6. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a right downward hammerfist
strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand cocks in
front of your sternum.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance


facing 12:00 as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to the opponent’s chin.

8. Deliver a right chopping punch to the opponent’s left


floating ribs while covering and cocking your left hand to
the right side of your head.

•At the conclusion of this strike, your right arm will be cocked below
your left arm.

9. Execute a left outward back knuckle strike to the left


side of the opponent’s head.

•Some practitioners eliminate this strike.

10. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right side kick to


the inside of the opponent’s right knee.

•Some practitioners plant forward toward the opponent and


conclude with a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the
opponent’s right temple. If you eliminate the left outward back
knuckle strike, plant forward after the side kick and deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike, this will relate the extension to LEAPING
CRANE.

11. Front Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


129
LEAPING CRANE
NAME—This defense receives its name from a unique ATTACK
defensive maneuver which is utilized to avoid the attack—a FRONT
one-legged leap. In some Chinese Kung Fu systems, a one- Right step through
legged stance is symbolically referred to as a crane stance. punch

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
One-Legged Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Parry Outside
Inward Horizontal Middle Knuckle Fist Rake
Snapping Knife Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Neutral Bow Stance Right to right
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
12:00
Extension
Forward Bow Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Five-Finger Ripping Claw 16 System
Thrusting Handsword Strike Purple #3
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike Orthodox 24 System
Two-Finger Hook Purple #3
Front Scoop Kick 32 System
Left Front Snapping Ball Kick Orange #29
Front Crossover Stomp
Rear Stiff Leg Lifting Kick
FORM LOCATION
Side Kick
Long Form 5
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Sandwiching

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gathering Clouds
Shield and Mace
Destructive Fans
Prance of the Tiger

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


130
LEAPING CRANE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, leap between 9:00 and 10:00 and
form a left one-legged stance as you defend with a left
inward parry while simultaneously executing a right
inward horizontal middle knuckle fist rake to the
opponent’s right rib cage.

•As the opponent turns his body as he punches, we borrow the force
of this action to give greater power for the middle knuckle fist strike.
The torquing motion of our own body as we leap and cock our leg
also adds power to the strike.

•Your right leg will be cocked to the inside portion of your left knee.

•It may not always be possible to strike the opponent’s rib cage. At
times his right elbow may be a better target.

•Your right hand will end cocked palm up near your left hip.

•An effective middle knuckle fist slice should cause the opponent to
bend forward at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated to “hop toward 9 o’clock”.

2. Execute a right snapping knife edge kick to the outside


of the opponent’s right knee.

•This kick will buckle the opponent’s knee in and toward himself. He
should land on his knee bend over with his back facing you.

3. Drop into a right neutral bow stance toward 1:30


between your opponent’s legs as you deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to his left kidney.

•The strike should cause the opponent’s head to snap upward and
toward you.

•Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike.

•When you deliver the back knuckle strike, make sure that you are
close enough to the opponent to use your right knee as a check to
his lower spine. This will keep him in control if he attempts to move or
turn.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 1:00.

4. Contour up your opponent’s back and execute a right


inward horizontal elbow strike to the right side of his jaw.
Simultaneously execute a left inward horizontal heel
palm strike to the left side of his jaw.

•Your hands create a sandwiching effect.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


131
LEAPING CRANE

EXTENSION
5. Reach across to the left side of the opponent’ face and
pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as
you execute a right five-finger ripping claw (pulling back
and toward you). Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting
handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s neck.

•Your right hand contours his head to grab his chin from the left side
(fingers out; thumb down).

•Your left hand tracks along your right and may deliver either a left
thrusting handsword strike to the back of his neck or a left outward
heel palm strike to the back of his head.

•As you pivot into a right forward bow stance, use your right knee to
brace against his lower back.

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver a right inward downward diagonal
handsword strike to the right side of the opponent’s
neck.

7. Execute a right two-finger hook to the opponent’s right


eye as you deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin
with a left thrusting heel palm strike to the back of his
neck. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and
immediately deliver a left front snapping ball kick to his
upper spine.

•Your left heel palm acts as a fulcrum against the eye hook and
scoop.

•Your right scoop kick and your right two-finger hook mirror the others
circular actions.

•These kicks are delivered in a “chicken kick fashion”.

•The opponent will be driven forward onto his stomach.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover


stomp to the opponent’s right ankle.

•After your stomp, plant to the outside of his right leg.

9. With your right foot, step toward 5:00 and execute a left
rear stiff leg lifting kick to the opponent’s chin.

•Use your left heel to strike the opponent. This will lift the opponent’s
head and expose his ribs for the next strike.

•Your are stepping toward 5:00 (or 4:30) to a Zone of Sanctuary.

•An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilize a left outward


horizontal hooking heel kick to the opponent’s head.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


132
LEAPING CRANE

10. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00 and cock
your right leg. Immediately deliver a right side kick to the
top of the opponent’s right hip bone.

11. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


133
SWINGING PENDULUM
NAME—A pendulum is a term used in self-defense ATTACK
techniques to represent a downward block or a downward FRONT
hammerfist strike. In this defense, you will utilize a circular Right Roundhouse Kick
swinging Path of Motion to evade the opponent’s kick.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Inside
Universal Block
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Hammerfist Strike Right to Right
Fighting Horse Stance
Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Upward Snapping Forearm Strike
Rear Scooping Heel Kick 16 System
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Blue #4
Forward Bow Stance Orthodox 24 System
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Purple #4
Roundhouse Knee Kick 32 System
Outward Claw Purple #9
Inward Heel Palm Claw
Rear Twist Stance
FORM LOCATION
Inward Two-Finger Hook
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Up the Circle
Orbital Change
Contouring

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Delayed Sword
Obscure Wing
Calming the Storm
Detour from Doom
Locking Horns

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


134
SWINGING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This defense utilizes a Rolling 1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot Up
Body Check as you move Up the the Circle toward 4:30 as you deliver a universal block
Circle. It teaches how to move against the inside of the opponent’s right leg.
from Long, Middle, and Close
Range fighting while moving off, •The Universal Block is formed by the combined action of a right
inside and up the Line of Fire. It inward block with a left outward downward block.
addition, it follows the adage,
“where a circle ends a line •Try to block at the opponent’s right knee.
begins; where a line ends a circle
begins” by cutting a circular •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot Up the
attack with a linear defense. Circle toward 4:00.

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver toward 10:30


and deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the
opponent’s groin as you simultaneously check near his
chest.

•Your right arm will orbit counterclockwise to deliver the hammerfist


strike to his groin before he plants to the ground.

•This strike will force the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated shuffling toward 11:00 as you
deliver the right hammerfist strike.

3. Slide your left foot Up the Circle toward 1:30 to form a


right fighting horse stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a
right snapping obscure elbow strike to his chin. Your left
hand continues to check high.

•This strike will snap the opponent’s head upward.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot Up the
Circle toward 2:00.

•Some practitioners slide Up the Circle to 3:00

•As you deliver the right obscure elbow strike, your left hand will drop
to check near your right ribcage.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


135
SWINGING PENDULUM

EXTENSION
4. Slide your right foot back to form a right reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as
you deliver a right upward snapping forearm strike to the
opponent’s jaw. Your left hand is checking near your
ribcage.

•Your left foot may drag toward your right foot to gauge for distance
and angle if necessary.

•Some practitioners deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the


opponent’s groin instead of delivering the upward snapping forearm
strike.

5. Execute a right rear scooping heel kick to the


opponent’s groin. Plant your right foot (gauging leg)
near your left foot and immediately slide your left foot
back to form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the
inside of his right leg.

•The scoop kick and left reverse bow stance maneuver is essentially a
reverse back-to-front switch (in relation to the opponent).

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal
handsword strike to the opponent’s sternum or solar
plexus. Immediately pivot counterclockwise to form a left
forward bow stance and deliver a right thrusting heel
palm strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw.

•Your right heel palm strike slips past the right side of the opponent’s
head in a manner similar to GLANCING SALUTE.

7. Snake around the right side of the opponent’s head to


hook the back of his neck with your right hand.
Immediately pull the opponent downward to deliver a
right roundhouse knee kick to his sternum. Plant your
right foot to Point of Origin and form a left neutral bow
stance as you deliver a left upward snapping forearm
strike to the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a right
outward claw across his face.

•Some practitioners deliver a right upward knee kick to the groin


instead of the roundhousing knee to the sternum.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


136
SWINGING PENDULUM

8. Execute a right inward heel palm claw to the left side of


the opponent’s face as you begin to cross your left foot
toward 4:30. As you settle into your right rear twist stance,
deliver a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s
left eye immediately followed by a left outward
horizontal handsword strike to his neck.

•The inward heel palm claw and inward two-finger hook occur in the
same motion. Some practioners choose one over the other and do
not combine them.

9. Complete your crossover by stepping toward 4:30 with


your right foot and cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


137
CRUSHING HAMMER
NAME—This name stems from the hammering action in the ATTACK
counter strikes designed to put a crushing end to the REAR
opponent’s attack. Bear Hug
with arms pinned

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Holds and Hugs
Horse Stance
Hammerfist Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Close Cat Stance Inside
Reverse Bow Stance
Rear Heel Palm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Upward Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike Right to Left
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 6:00
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Crossover Stomp Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 16 System
Close Kneel Stance Purple #5
Downward Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Back Kick Purple #5
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Orange #30
Contouring
Zone of Obscurity
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES None
Obscure Wing
Squeezing the Peach
Spreading the Branches
Reprimanding the Bears

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


138
CRUSHING HAMMER

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponent’s hand
to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right hammerfist
strike to his groin.

•The hammerfist strike should loosen his grip.

•By dropping your weight, you will control his Height Zone.

2. Slide your right foot toward 9:00 and form a right close
cat stance. Immediately slide around and behind the
opponent’s left leg to 4:30 and form a right reverse bow
stance as you simultaneously deliver a right rear heel
palm strike to the opponent’s groin and grab his
testicles.

•In this defense you are unable to pivot as in CAPTURED TWIGS so you
“cat around” the opponent’s leg. As you execute the “cat around”
with your right foot, cock your right arm upward in preparation for
the heel palm strike. During the cocking phase it will be in front of his
arm, (further controlling his action) palm forward, with your fingers
pointing upward.

•As you “cat around”, maintain contact with the opponent’s left leg
with your right leg.

•Some practitioners do not recoil the hammerfist strike from the


previous step but immediately grab the groin. Others take
advantage of the recoiling action by delivering a right back finger
whip strike to the opponent’s eyes as the right foot “cat’s around”.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot between
4 and 5 o’clock.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance


facing 4:30 as your right arm contours up the opponent’s
body and delivers a right upward vertical obscure elbow
strike to his chin.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face 4:00
in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right obscure elbow
strike.

•Some practitioners continue the motion of the right elbow strike and
end in a cocked position at your right hip to act as a Clearing Check
as you flow into the next strike. Other practitioners utilize it as a
Detaining Check by anchoring the elbow on the opponent’s left
clavicle to expose his left rib cage.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


139
CRUSHING HAMMER

4. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward


bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left thrusting heel
palm strike to the opponent’s left floating ribs.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clocking to face 5:00
in a right forward bow stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel
palm strike to his floating ribs.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


140
CRUSHING HAMMER

EXTENSION
•The extension is designed to 4. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward
respond when the opponent bow stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left thrusting heel
does not fall after the palm strike. palm strike to the opponent’s floating ribs.
•Another version of the extension
•Keep your right elbow against his chin to act as a detaining check
followed by some practitioners is
as your left hand delivers a thrusting heel palm strike to his floating rib
described below. This version can
cage. The fingers of your left palm strike will point outward.
be applied if the opponent DOES
fall to the ground after the palm
strike: 5. Immediately grab the back of both of the opponent’s
knees and lift him off the ground forcing him to fall to the
Step 5
ground on his back.
One the opponent falls and his
legs come upward, grab both of
his legs and cross his right leg over •Your right hand will grab the back of his right knee with your right
his left leg. Switch the positions of hand and the back of his left knee with your left hand.
your hands and have your right
hand grab the opponent’s left 6. Shift your right hand and have it assist your left hand in
heel (palm upward) and your left twisting the opponent’s right foot. Immediately pivot
hand grabs his right toes/ankle
(palm downward). Use your right
clockwise slide your right foot back toward 12:00 to form
thigh as a brace during this a left neutral bow stance as you twist his ankle
procedure. counterclockwise. This action will force the opponent to
turn face downward.
Step 6
Slide your right foot back toward
•When grabbing the opponent’s foot in preparation for the twist,
6:00 and pivot clockwise to face
have your right hand palm upward supporting the heel of his foot
12:00 in a left forward bow
from the inside and your left hand palm down on top of his toes.
stance. During this action twist
the opponent’s to flip him onto
his stomach with his head 7. Release your grab on the opponent and execute a right
pointing toward 6:00. This action is front crossover stomp to the back of his right knee. After
facilitated by using both of his the stomp, slide your foot off to the right side of his body
legs as a fulcrum.
and plant it on the ground.
Step 7
Execute a right front crossover 8. Deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of the
stomp to the back of his left knee. opponent’s head or neck.
Plant your right foot to the outside
of his left leg.
9. Plant your left foot under the opponent’s left armpit and
Step 8 drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right
Deliver a left thrusting knife edge downward knee kick to his left ribs or kidney.
kick to the back of the
opponent’s head or neck.
10. Bounce upward and shift your right foot so that it plants
Step 9 forward and beside the right side of the opponent’s
Plant your left foot to the left side head as you pivot clockwise to form a right close kneel
of his body. Your left foot should stance to deliver a left downward knee kick to the back
be under his left arm pit to act as
of his neck.
a control. Immediately drop your
weight and form a left close
kneel stance to deliver a right
downward knee kick to his left
ribs or kidney.

[continued on next page]

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


141
CRUSHING HAMMER

11. Drag your left foot across the back of the opponent’s
head as you cock your left foot high. Deliver a left back
Step 10
With your right foot, step over
kick (or left downward stomp kick depending upon the
head body and plant to the right distance) to the back of his head.
side of his head. Drop your
weight and form a right close •If you deliver a left downward stomp kick, you may simultaneously lift
kneel stance to deliver a left your right leg and form a left one legged stance to increase the
downward knee kick to the back gravitational marriage.
of his neck. Use his left shoulder as
a fulcrum for your left leg.
12. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
Step 11 toward 7:30.
Bounce upward and leap onto
your right foot toward 7:30. Finish
with a left back kick to his
opponent’s head.

Step 12
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


142
CAPTURED LEAVES
NAME—In this technique, your fingers (leaves) are grabbed ATTACK
and locked (captured) by an opponent attacking from your RIGHT FLANK
right flank. Left Hand Finger Lock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Locks
Base
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Fighting Horse Stance Outside
Rear Elbow Strike
Neutral Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Crossover Maneuver
3:00
Front Crossover Stomp
Side Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purple #6
Angle of Cancellation Orthodox 24 System
Axis of Rotation Purple #6
Pivot Point 32 System
Path of Execution Orange #25
Angle of Incidence
Third Hand
Open Ended Triangle FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Circling Wing
Gripping Talon
Crashing Wings
Entangled Wing

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


143
CAPTURED LEAVES

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Some practitioners counter-grab 1. Go with the opponent’s motion and raise your right hand
the opponent’s left wrist with the high toward 11:00 to relieve the pressure and move your
left hand. As the left arm delivers right foot toward 11:00. Your left hand tracks between
the rear elbow strike, the grab is
taken over by the right hand.
your and your opponent’s arms to deliver a left outward
During this action, the opponent’s upward diagonal handsword strike to break the
left arm is rotated palm upward opponent’s grip.
and placed on your right
shoulder. Your shoulder is used as •Your left hand simultaneously cocks for the elbow strike as it delivers
a fulcrum to create an Angle of the outward handsword strike.
Disturbance. If the opponent’s
arm is bent, the arm is place on •The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping toward 1:30.
the outside of your right shoulder.
Note: This method is more •Some practitioners place the opponent at 12:00.
commonly utilized when
CAPTURED LEAVES is used as a
2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a fighting horse stance
counter defense to BROKEN GIFT.
and deliver a left rear elbow strike to the opponent’s left
kidney.

•Depending upon the circumstances, you may also deliver a left


outward horizontal elbow strike.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise


and “facing between 8 and 9 o’clock”.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as


you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s
left ribcage. Your left hand guards the right side of your
face.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 9:00.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Depatured


“between 8 and 9 o’clock”.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


144
CAPTURED LEAVES

EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your right foot back into a right reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left
knee.

5. Execute a left front crossover foot maneuver by sliding


your left foot in front of your right foot and immediately
step forward with your right foot into a right neutral bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right knee
to force the opponent onto his back.

•You may use your right hand to simultaneously check the


opponent’s right shoulder and assist in bending the opponent
forward.

•Depending upon circumstances, you may eliminate the left front


crossover and execute a right forward step through maneuver and
proceed directly to the buckle and takedown.

6. Execute a left front crossover stomp to the opponent’s


right knee.

7. Plant your left foot to the outside of the opponent’s right


leg and execute a right side kick to his groin.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting to the inside of the
opponent’s right leg. The danger lies in the opponent’s reaction to
your right side kick to his groin. He may draw his legs together and
trap your left foot.

8. Plant your right foot to the side of the opponent’s right


hip and slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your
right foot and immediately deliver a right thrusting knife
edge kick to the opponent’s jaw.

•The plant-gauge-and kick of your feet are performed with 1/4 beat
timing.

9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


145
EVADING THE STORM
NAME—Storm is a symbolic term used to describe a club ATTACK
(stick) attack. In this defense, you will step out of the path of FRONT
action and evade the attack. Right Step Through
Overhead Club Attack

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Weapons (stick)
Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Roundhouse Kick Outside
Neutral Bow Stance
Horizontal Thrust Punch POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Knee Strike Left to Right
Roundhouse Knee Strike

Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Side Kick 12:00
Vertical Forearm Strike
Modified (short) Neutral Bow Stance CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Roundhouse Kick 16 System
Orange #7
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Purple #7
RELATED TECHNIQUES
32 System
Attacking Mace
Orange #26
Obstructing the Storm
Capturing the Storm
Menacing Twirl FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


146
EVADING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 into a left forward
bow stance as you execute a right extended outward
handsword block to the outside of the opponent’s right
arm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near your
chest.

•You may also step toward 10:00 to properly gauge the distance
needed for the kick.

•This maneuver moves you off the Line of Attack while redirecting the
path of the opponent’s club.

•A left minor inward parry may precede the right extended outward
block.

•The extended outward block is braced by the forward bow stance.

•In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics


derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a right
clockwise snake disarm may be inserted.

2. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist with your


right hand and deliver a right roundhouse kick to his
groin.

•The opponent will react by bending forward at the waist. This will
expose his right kidney.

3. Plant (drop) into a right neutral bow stance and


immediately pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow
stance facing 1:30 as you pull the opponent’s right arm
downward and past your right hip. Simultaneously deliver
a left horizontal thrust punch to his opponent’s right
kidney or right ribcage.

•Plant yourr right foot on the inside of the opponent’s right foot to act
as a check.

•You are pulling the opponent’s right arm down on the Angle of
Cancellation.

•Utilize Gravitational Marriage and Torque when delivering the


punch.

•Direct the punch on a forward downard diagonal toward 1:30 to


control the opponent’s Width and Depth Zones.

•The opponent will react by snapping his head back and his knees
beginning to buckle.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 1:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


147
EVADING THE STORM

4. Deliver a left forward knee strike to the outside of the


opponent’s right thigh.

•The force of your knee strike should buckle the opponent’s right
knee further, possibly to the ground. It may also drive him back.

5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a


right roundhouse knee strike to the inside of the
opponent’s right thigh.

•This strike will temporarily immobilize his right leg.

•If the opponent’s right leg buckles to the ground, plant your left foot
(gauging leg) toward 10:30 and drop to form a left close kneel
stance to deliver a right knee drop onto his right knee or ankle.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 9:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


148
EVADING THE STORM

EXTENSION
5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a
right roundhouse knee strike to the inside of the
opponent’s right thigh.

•This knee strike is designed to open his stance and provide you with
a Line of Entry.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 7:30 and


deliver a left side kick to the inside of the opponent’s left
knee. Your right hand maintains its grab on the
opponent’s right wrist.

•The right foot may also plant and gauge forward by forming a right
front rotating twist stance.

•The left foot may plant forward toward 1:30 to form a left neutral
bow stance following the side kick. This kick will buckle the
opponent’s left leg.

7. Pivot clockwise and plant your left foot toward 6:00 to


form a left neutral bow stance and deliver a left vertical
forearm strike to the opponent’s right elbow as you
simultaneously pull toward you with your right hand as
your left arm strike forward and away from you.

•This simultaneous pull/push will create a fulcrum on the opponent’s


right elbow and force him to bend forward at the waist. This is also
known as an arm bar.

8. With your right foot (gauging leg), step toward 6:00 and
form a modified (short) right neutral bow stance as your
left hand grabs the opponent’s right wrist (palm down)
and your right hand grabs his wrist (palm up).

9. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise toward


6:00 as both hands twist the opponent’s right wrist
counterclockwise to execute an outward wrist lock
takedown to force him onto his back.

•This outward wrist lock throw will break his right wrist as well as force
him onto his back.

•Keep your elbows anchored as you execute the outward wrist lock.

10. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face


while he is on the ground.

11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


149
CHARGING RAM
NAME—Ram is a term used symbolically to represent a ATTACK
tackle. In this technique, the opponent charges at you in an FRONT
attempt to tackle you to the ground. Tackle

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Front Twist Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Downward Parry Outside Left
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Right to Either

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Front Crossover Maneuver 12:00
Front Rotating Twist Maneuver
Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick
Knife Edge Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Front Scoop Kick 16 System
Blue #13
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Torque Purple #8
Gravitational Marriage 32 System
Control Manipulation Purple #1
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
FORM LOCATION
Line of Attack
Angle of Deviation None
Gauging (distance)

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Five Swords
Bow of Compulsion

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


150
CHARGING RAM

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Some instructors teach a 1. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 to form a right front twist
variation of this technique inside stance as you deflect the opponent’s arm with a left
of the left arm; however, unless outward downward parry (Your right arm is in a
the opponent has stopped his
attack, it may be difficult to
preparatory cock by your right ear). Pivot
check the opponent’s forward counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as
body momentum simply with the you deliver a right inward overhead handsword strike to
kicks. Remember, if you find the back of his neck.
yourself on the inside of the
opponent’s arm simply flow into •Your hands should move from point of origin and should not make
BROKEN RAM. any unnecessary cocking or winding motions. Do not telegraph your
evasive foot maneuver as he may adjust and re-angle his attack.
•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
taught this technique beginning
•Your left arm should clear the opponent’s left arm and redirect his
from a right neutral bow stance
momentum toward 8:00.
rather than a natural,
unprepared position. It indicated
•The standard angle in which to move off the line of attack is 3:00,
that you simply slide your left foot
but you will find that you will need to gauge this according to your
toward 3:00 to adjust the angle.
opponent’s angle and speed in order to create the proper Angle of
Though this method is quicker to
Deflection and Angle of Incidence for the handsword.
move off the line of attack, you
will lose torque for the
•By utilizing a right front twist stance, you will be positioning yourself
handsword.
off the line of attack, and you will be utilizing preparatory toque for
the right inward overhead handsword strike.
•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicated that this was a defense
•Positioning your right hand by your right ear utilizes a Preparatory
for a tackle with the opponent’s
Cock and gives you a longer path of travel.
arms wide and placed the
defender on the inside of the left
arm. The defender is instructed 2. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his rib cage or
to: defend with a right outward an instep kick to his solar plexus (depending upon target
downward parry to the inside of availability) immediately follow with a left front snapping
the opponent’s left arm ball kick to the left side of his jaw. These kicks are
simultaneous with a left outward
horizontal heel palm strike to the
executed in a chicken kick fashion.
left side of the opponent’s head.
The right inward overhead •Depending upon the position of your opponent, you may substitute
handsword strike to the neck the left front snapping ball kick for a left roundhouse kick.
followed and the rest remained
the same ending with a right front •The first kick may be directed toward the solar plexus or ribs
snapping ball kick followed by a depending upon the available target.
left roundhouse kick and cover
toward 1:30. •The first kick to the solar plexus will move his hands and give you the
target for the second strike.

•Depending upon the location of the opponent’s arms, you may


have to reverse the order of your kicks in order to give you a proper
line of entry.

•Various targets will be presented depending upon his degree of


commitment. He may be upright or bent over, moving fast, slow or
even stopping. His left or his right leg may be forward. His arms may
be blocking certain target zones. All of these factors must be
considered instantaneously as you follow-up with your initial counter
strikes.

3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 1:30.
Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
151
CHARGING RAM

EXTENSION
•Another version of this extension 3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover
reverses the defender’s position and single cover out toward 1:30. Immediately pivot
as well. This version is as follows: counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist
Step 3 stance to generate torque for a right inward downward
With your left leg in the air, diagonal roundhouse kick to the back of the opponent’s
execute a left front crossover and left knee.
single cover out toward 1:30.

Step 4
4. Hop onto your right leg (gauging leg) and deliver a left
I m m e d i a t e l y p i v o t knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right
counterclockwise and form a left knee.
front rotating twist stance to
generate torque for a right 5. Hop onto your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right
inward downward diagonal
roundhouse kick to the back of front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin.
the opponent’s left knee.
6. Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and execute a
Step 5 left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.
Plant your right leg (gauging leg)
and execute a left spinning knife •The purpose of this extension is to:
edge kick to the back of the (1) Demonstrate to the student the reverse application of a self
opponent’s right knee. defense technique designed for the hands now applied to
the legs.
Step 6 (2) Demonstrate a method of preventing the opponent from
Plant your left leg (gauging leg) turning toward you by controlling his width and height zones
and deliver a right rear scoop through the use of leg strikes.
kick to the opponent’s groin.
•The extension of this technique is the reverse sequence of BOW OF
Step 7 COMPULSION applied to the legs. In BOW OF COMPULSION, after
Plant your right foot back toward you release your right hand, you execute a reverse handsword strike
12:00 and execute a left front to the opponent’s groin followed by a right back knuckle strike to his
crossover an double coverout. left knee and finish with a right inward hooking punch to his right
knee. The extension reverses the order of these strikes. Rather than
Note: This version is acceptable, ending with an inward strike to his knee, we now begin with a strike
but you do place yourself in a to the same quadrant followed by an outward kick to the opposite
tactical disadvantage by turning knee and finish with a strike to the groin. In addition, the opponent is
your back to the opponent. now turned away from you (so the right and left of his legs are now
reversed) and your strikes are now alternating rather than
consecutive.

•Some practitioners alter the angle of the inward downward


diagonal roundhouse kick to a horizontal roundhouse kick or an
inward upward diagonal roundhouse kick. This is done decrease the
time between the first and second kicks caused by an over-
commitment of the hips for the roundhouse kick. This is acceptable
as long as you accomplish the intended action of buckling the
opponent’s left leg.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


152
PARTING WINGS
NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which you use twin extended outward blocks (extended FRONT
wings) to deflect (part) the opponent’s arms. Two Hand Push

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Twin Extended outward Handsword Blocks Inside
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Left to Left
Thrusting Middle Knuckle Fist Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
12:00
Circling Inward Two-Finger Hook
Inward Handsword Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike 16 System
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Blue #2
Outward Upward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike Orthodox 24 System
Front Snapping Instep Kick Purple #9
Uppercut Punch 32 System
Purple #2
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Borrowed Force FORM LOCATION
Bracing Angle Long Form 3
Contouring

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Scraping Hoof
Shield and Sword
Flashing Wings
Twist of Fate

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


153
PARTING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponent’s arms near his wrists.

•This will separate the opponent’s arms and expose his Width Zones.

•Stay within the perimeter of your Outer Rim as you deliver this block.

•Make sure that both hands are parallel in height as well as in depth.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right thrusting inward
handsword strike to the opponent’s left ribcage.
Simultaneously position your left hand by your right ear
(palm in).

•Some practitioners insert a left inward two-finger hook to the


opponent’s right eye enroute to the cocking check position. This is
an example of elongating the circle.

•Your right hand should round the corner from the previous defensive
action in order to maintain continuity of motion.

•The right thrusting inward handsword strike is deliver to the


opponent’s upper left rib cage below his arm. This will control his
Width Zone.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance


facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward horizontal
handsword strike to the opponent’s throat.
Simultaneously, cock your right hand (palm up) at your
right hip.

•As the opponent turns toward you to continue his assault, deliver the
left outward horizontal handsword strike.

•Some practitioners cock the right hand under the right pectoral
muscle.

•Some practitioners cock the right hand in a middle knuckle fist


position in preparation for the next move.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


154
PARTING WINGS

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance as your left hand slide down the opponent’s
chest to check as you deliver a right thrusting middle
knuckle fist punch to his solar plexus.

•Your right hand Pin Points its target through the action of your left
hand.

•Your left hand tracks down his chest and acts as a Gravitational
Check. In addition, it acts as a guide for your right hand in tracking
to the target and deliver a Pin Point effect.

5. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance


facing 12:00 and execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 4:30.

•An early version (pre-1975) of this technique, delivered a left


outward downward handsword strike to the groin simultaneous with
the pivot into the left neutral bow stance.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


155
PARTING WINGS

EXTENSION
•The extension is often used as a 5. Execute a right circling inward two-finger hook to the
series of strikes to keep the opponent’s eyes as you pivot clockwise and form a left
opponent against a wall. neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a left inward
•Some practitioners change the
handsword strike to the right side of his neck.
timing of the extension to deliver
the right circling inward two- •Your right hand drops down to check after the inward two-finger
finger hook simultaneously with hook.
the left front snapping ball kick.
Next, a left outward horizontal 6. Immediately deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the
handsword strike is delivered
opponent’s groin followed by a right front snapping ball
simultaneously with the right front
snapping ball kick. The remainder kick to his solar plexus in a chicken kick fashion.
of the extension is performed in
the orthodox manner. 7. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward
downward diagonal raking back knuckle strike to the
left side of the opponent’s face.

8. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a left rear twist
stance facing 12:00 as you continue the flow of motion
of your right hand and deliver a right outward downward
diagonal back knuckle strike to the right side of the
opponent’s face.

•Your right foot is gauging distance for the follow up strike.

•In this instance, you are attempting to coverout but the opponent
continues forward, so you deliver a right outward downward
diagonal back knuckle strike and complete the extension.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward upward
diagonal back knuckle strike to the left side of the
opponent’s chin.

10. Without a loss of motion, deliver a right front snapping


instep kick to the opponent’s groin. Plant forward and
form a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you
deliver a right uppercut punch to his chin.

•Your right hand follows the same angle as that of the back knuckle
strike.

11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


156
THUNDERING HAMMERS
NAME—This defense receives its name from the hammerfists, ATTACK
crashing down upon the opponent like lightning creating FRONT
thunder in the sky. Right step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Outside
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Horizontal Forearm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Close Kneel Stance Left to right
Downward Hammerfist Strike

Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Outward Back Knuckle Strike 12:00
Thumb Rake
Upward Heel Palm Claw CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike 16 System
Knee Kick Blue #3
Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick Orthodox 24 System
Downward Knee Drop Purple #10
Vertical Punch 32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purple #3
Angle of Disturbance
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES Form 4
Dance of Death
Sleeper
Twirling Hammers
Dance of Darkness
Bowing to Buddha

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


157
THUNDERING HAMMERS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left
inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally along your
right side.

•Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position.

•Your left leg positionally checks the opponent’s right leg.

•Your left inward block controls the opponent’s Width Zone.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping “to your left on a 45
degree angle (toward 11o’clock)”.

2. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and drop into a


left wide kneel stance and deliver a right inward
horizontal forearm strike across the opponent’s stomach.

•Your right knee will buckle the outside of the opponent’s right knee.

•When you deliver the right inward horizontal forearm strike, cock
your left fist near your left ear (palm faicng away from you).

•Some practitioners utilize a right underhand reverse hammerfist strike


to the groin. Though this is an acceptable method, it does break the
relationship of the Family Related Techniques.

3. Pivot clockwise and drop lower into a right close kneel


stance facing 4:30 and execute a right rolling check
(palm up) to the opponent’s right shoulder as you deliver
a left downward hammerfist strike to his left kidney.

•Your left knee will buckle the back of the opponent’s right knee.

•Your hammerfist strike combined with your buckle should drive your
opponent’s body down as it snaps his head up.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forming a right wide kneel
stance facing 4:00.

•Slide your left hand to his right shoulder to act as a Gravitational


Check as your right hand cocks by your right ear (palm facing
away). Once you are in this position, you are then is position to
proceed to the next step.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


158
THUNDERING HAMMERS

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left close kneel


stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right downward
hammerfist strike to the back of the opponent’s neck.
Your left hand shifts from his left kidney into a left
horizontal forearm check to his right shoulder.

•Your right knee will buckle the opponent’s right knee. If the
opponent’s knee is already buckled to the ground, use your right
knee to drop onto and break his right ankle.

•Your hammerfist combined with the buckle should drive the


opponent to the ground.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated pivoting toward 12:00 and
forming a left wide kneel stance as you deliver the right hammerfist
strike to the opponent’s neck with a left horizontal check to this right
shoulder.

5. Shift your left foot back toward 7:30 to form a right


neutral bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a right front
crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


159
THUNDERING HAMMERS

EXTENSION
•An alternate version of this 5. Slide your left foot back toward 7:30 and form a right
extension is described as follows: neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right
Step 5
Slide your left foot back toward
temple followed with a right thumb rake downward
7:30 and form a right neutral bow across his right eye. Immediately shuffle forward and
stance as you deliver a right execute a right upward heel palm claw to his face.
o u t wa r d d o wn wa r d b a c k
knuckle strike to the opponent’s •As your left foot slides toward 7:30, cock your right arm horizontally
right temple. Rotate your right across your waist under your left checking arm in preparation for the
hand counterclockwise (palm back knuckle strike.
out) and deliver a right thumb
gouge to his right eye. This will
6. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 as your right hand
cause his head to lift.
Immediately pivot clockwise and switches counterclockwise to the left side of the
form a right forward bow stance opponent’s face and grab his chin. Use your right
as you deliver a left thrusting heel forearm on his head to act as a fulcrum as you push his
palm strike to his jaw (your fingers right shoulder with your left hand. This combined action
will be pointing toward the right).
(opposing forces) will twist and turn the opponent
Step 6 counterclockwise onto his back on your right knee.
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance as you 7. Deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to the
orbit your right arm clockwise to
opponent’s heart or sternum.
deliver a right upward heel palm
strike to his chin and grab.
•Your right arm will strike down and across the opponent’s right
shoulder.
Step 7
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you push 8. Execute a left knee kick to the back of the opponent’s
forward on the opponent’s right head at the base of his skull as your right forearm
shoulder with your left hand and simultaneously rakes inward across his face.
turn his head counterclockwise.
9. Plant your left foot back and allow the opponent to fall
Step 8
As the opponent begins to turn,
to the ground. He will land on his back with his head
slide your left foot back toward pointing toward 7:30 and his feet pointing toward 1:30.
12:00 (left rear crossover/right Immediately deliver a right inward downward diagonal
front twist stance) and pivot roundhouse kick to his groin.
counterclockwise to form a right
forward bow stance facing 6:00
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this kick as a “right torquing
as you force the opponent onto
downward roundhouse kick”.
your right knee.

Step 9 10. Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right
Deliver a right inward downward downward knee drop to the opponent’s solar plexus as
hammerfist strike to the you simultaneously execute a right vertical punch to his
opponent’s heart or sternum.
face while your left hand checks his right arm.
Step 10
Rotate your right arm 11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
counterclockwise (thumb toward 6:00.
downward) and deliver a right
inward forearm rake across his
•Scrape across the opponent’s face as you execute the front
face as you deliver a left knee
crossover.
kick to his upper back or the
back of his head.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


160
THUNDERING HAMMERS

Step 11
Allow the opponent to fall and
immediately deliver a right
inward downward diagonal
roundhouse kick to his groin.

Step 12
Drop into a left close kneel
stance to deliver a right
downward knee drop to his solar
plexus as you simultaneously
deliver a right vertical punch to
his face.

Step 13
Scrape across the opponent’s
face as you execute a right front
crossover and double cover out
toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


161
SQUEEZING THE PEACH
NAME—The testicles are symbolically referred to as ATTACK
“peaches” in self defense techniques. This defense receives REAR
its title from the manner in which the testicles are squeezed Bear Hug
in order to control the opponent’s movements. with arms pinned

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Rear Scooping Heel Kick Inside
Reverse Bow Stance
Obscure Back Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
Extension
Back Hammerfist Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Upward Knee Kick
6:00
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Back Kick
Inward Crescent Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #5
Contouring Orthodox 24 System
Zone of Obscurity Purple #11
Borrowed Force 32 System
Purple #4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spreading Branches*
FORM LOCATION
Captured Twigs
Crushing Hammer None
Reprimanding the Bears

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


162
SQUEEZING THE PEACH

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This defense also demonstrates 1. With your left foot, step back toward 4:30 and form a
how an opponent may be used right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you pin the
as an obstruction against a opponent’s hands to your body with your right hand
second opponent. To
demonstrate this application,
while simultaneously squeezing the opponent’s testicles
some instructors teach stepping with your left hand.
toward 1:30 or 3:00 with your left
foot and pulling the opponent •As a point of reference, the opponent’s testicles will be located
clockwise around you. This will behind your left thigh.
create an obstruction toward
12:00. If performed in this manner, •Your eyes are focused toward 12:00 during this action.
the right reverse bow buckle will
be directed toward •Your left leg may be used to buckle the inside of the opponent’s
approximately 10:30. right leg. In some cases it may be beneficial to step back and form a
left reverse bow stance for this step.

•Some practitioners add a rear head butt on this initial move.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your
left foot.

2. Immediately step forward with your left foot and form a


left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right
rear scooping heel kick to his groin.

•The opponent’s hands may drop to grab or cover his injured groin. If
this occurs, the rear scooping heel kick will be able to strike two
targets simultaneously.

3. With your right leg still in the air, stomp into a right reverse
bow stance facing 7:30 to buckle the inside of his left
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right obscure back elbow
strike (palm down) to his chin as your left hand covers
low.

•As the opponent’s head drops from the leg buckle, utilize Borrowed
Force as you deliver your elbow strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping into a right reverse
bow stance facing 7:00.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


1:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


163
SQUEEZING THE PEACH

EXTENSION
•An early version of this defense 4. Deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the opponent’s
(pre-1975) delivered a right knife groin. As the opponent reacts, immediately hook your
edge kick to the inside of the right hand around the right side of the opponent’s neck
opponent’s right knee. This action
brings the opponent’s head
as your left hand grabs to the left side of his head.
down for the jump inward 5. Pull the opponent’s head downward as you deliver a
crescent kick. The jump inward right upward knee kick to his face.
crescent kick could also be
execute as a jump inward •Some practitioners turn the opponent’s head sideways facing your
downward heel kick (also known right rib cage to delvier the upward knee kick to the right side of his
as an axe kick) to the opponent’s face.
right clavicle.

6. While maintaining the head grab, deliver a right thrusting


knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right
knee.

7. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right front
twist stance as you deliver a right upward snapping
forearm lifting strike to the opponent’s chin.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot into a
front twist stance toward 2:00.

8. Deliver a right back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus.

9. With your right leg still in the air, jump and twist clockwise
to deliver a left inward crescent kick to the right side of
the opponent’s face.

10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


164
CIRCLING WING
NAME—The term wing is used symbolically to represent an ATTACK
elbow. In this technique you will use an elbow in a circular REAR
manner to escape the opponent’s choke. Two Hand Choke

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Chokes
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Overhead Elbow Strike Outside
Forward Bow Stance
Four-Finger Thrust POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Upward Elbow Strike Right to Left
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
6:00
Front Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Knee Kick 16 System
Reverse Step Through Blue #6
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Orthodox 24 System
Reverse Step Through Purple #12
Stomp Kick 32 System
Spinning Back Heel Stomp Kick Orange #31
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purposeful Defiance FORM LOCATION
Contouring Short Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Captured Leaves
Thrusting Wedge
Bowing to Buddha
Obscure Sword
Crossing Talon

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


165
CIRCLING WING

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Turn and tuck your chin into the right side of your chest as
you step toward 1:30 with your left foot and form a left
neutral bow stance. Simultaneously both of your hands at
your left hip (left hand palm up; right hand palm in on
top of your left hand).

•In this defense, the opponent is either pushing you forward as he


grabs/chokes or his elbows are resting on your shoulders/back thus
preventing you from stepping backward.

•Some practitioners add a left pinning check on top of the


opponent’s left hand to control his Width Zone. This relates the
defense to OBSCURE SWORD.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance


facing 7:30 as you deliver a right outward overhead
elbow strike on top of the opponent’s right arm.
Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward
bow stance facing 7:30 and pin the opponent’s right arm
under your right arm as your left hand delivers a left four-
finger thrust to the opponent’s eyes.

•The right outward overhead elbow strike may strike the opponent’s
head if he is close enough.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise toward 7:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd facing 8:00 in a right forward
bow stance.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver a right upward elbow strike to the
opponent’s chin. Your left hand slides down the
opponent’s right shoulder and ends with a pressing
check against his right elbow to control his Width Zone.

•After the left four-finger thrust to his eyes, the opponent’s head
reacts by snapping forward. This gives you the target for the right
upward elbow strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd pivoting counterclockwise and


forming a right fighting horse stance as you deliver the right upward
elbow strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


166
CIRCLING WING

4. Continue to pivot counterclockwise and form a right


reverse bow stance as you deliver a right back
hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin. Your left hand
cross checks the opponent’s right shoulder and then
switches to a high check over your right shoulder.

•As you deliver the right back hammerfist strike, your right elbow
checks his right arm.

•As your left hand orbits clockwise to check high over your right
shoulder, you may deliver a left inward heel palm strike and claw to
his face.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


1:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


167
CIRCLING WING

EXTENSION
•Some practitioners perform the 5. Pivot clockwise and slide your right foot toward the
following variation of the opponent to form a left front twist stance toward 7:30 as
extension: you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to the
Step 5
opponent’s face.
Pivot clockwise and step forward
with your left foot to form a left 6. Pivot clockwise and grab the opponent’s right arm with
neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as both of your hands as your right foot steps back toward
your right arm executes a rolling
12:00 and forms a left neutral bow stance. Pull the
check against the opponent’s
right arm. As you settle into your opponent’s arm diagonally downward to create an
stance, slide your right hand Angle of Disturbance.
down and grab the opponent’s
right wrist as you execute a left •When grabbing the opponent’s right arm, your left hand grabs his
thrusting forarm strike against his elbow and your right hand brags his wrist.
right elbow. Create a push-pull
action and execute an arm bar.
7. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to the opponent’s
Step 6 right rib cage. Continue holding the opponent’s right
Pull the opponent’s right arm past arm.
your right hip as you deliver a
right upward knee kick to his face
8. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left
or sternum.
reverse step through toward 12:00 and form a right
Step 7 neutral bow stance as you pull the opponent’s right arm
Plant your right foot back to form (at the wrist) past your left hip.
a left neutral bow stance facing
7:30 as you pull the opponent’s •Pull and twist the opponent’s arm in a downward counterclockwise
arm past your right hip and half circle from your right hip to your left hip.
deliver a left outward back
knuckle strike to his head.
9. Release your right hand and deliver a right outward back
Step 8 knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple.
Slide your left foot back and form Immediately follow with a right inward horizontal elbow
a right front twist stance as your
strike to his left jaw hinge.
left hand prepare for a single
hand outward wrist lock. Pivot
counterclockwise and form a •Some deliver a right outward heel palm strike and claw through the
right neutral bow stance as your opponent’s face.
left hand applies the single hand
outward wrist lock simultaneously 10. Re-grab the opponent’s right wrist with your right hand
with a right outward back and execute a right reverse step through toward 12:00 as
knuckle strike to his right temple.
you whip the opponent’s right arm past your right hip
Step 9 and force him face downward to the ground.
Contour down the opponent’s
right arm with your right arm as •Your right arm circles below his right arm and counter grabs from
you rotate his wrist clockwise with below.
your left hand and re-grab his
wrist with your right hand. Use •This sequence is similar to LEAP OF DEATH.
your right elbow to lock and
control his elbow (controlling his
Width Zone) during this process. 11. Deliver a left stomp kick to the opponent's left elbow.

[continued on next page]

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


168
CIRCLING WING

12. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) to the right side of the
opponent’s body and pivot clockwise to finish with a
Step 10
Execute a right reverse step
right spinning back heel stomp kick to his head.
through and pivot clockwise to
face 10:30 in a right forward bow 13. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
stance as you execute a two toward 3:00.
hand inward wrist lock takedown.
The opponent will fall face
downward with his head pointing
toward 10:30.

Step 11
Execute a left front crossover
stomp to his right elbow. Plant
your left foot (gauging leg)
above his right arm.

Step 12
Execute a right spinning back
kick to his head or shoulder.

Step 13
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


169
CALMING THE STORM
NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. A roundhouse FRONT
motion, just like an actual storm, has the least amount of Right Roundhouse
energy in its center. In this defense, you will neutralize the Club Attack
opponent’s attack by moving to the inside (the eye of the
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
storm) where the force is calm. Weapons (stick)

DEFENSIVE LOCATION
BASICS Inside
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Extended Outward Block
Vertical Punch Right to Right
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Thrust Punch ATTACK DIRECTION
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike 12:00
Upward Hooking Parry
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension 16 System
Vertical Forearm Strike Purple #7
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Orthodox 24 System
Rear Crossover
Front Twist Stance Purple #13
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike 32 System
Close Kneel Stance Orange #32
Downward Knee Drop
Front Rotating Twist Stance FORM LOCATION
Downward Heel Stomp None
One-Legged Stance

CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Defying the Storm
Returning the Storm
Detour from Doom
Securing the Storm

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


170
CALMING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left extended
outward block to the inside of the opponent’s right arm
simultaneously with a right vertical punch to the
opponent’s jaw.

•Make sure that you check the opponent’s right knee with your right
knee.

•This action will drive the opponent’s head back and expose his
stomach for the next strike.

•The opponent will typically drop his club; however, in recent years,
many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics derived from the
Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left counterclockwise
snake disarm may be inserted.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. This is to
ensure that the opponent’s right leg is buckled.

2. Pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance


facing 12:00 as you execute a left vertical thrust punch to
the opponent’s solar plexus. Your right hand slides down
the opponent’s right arm as a check.

•If necessary, as you right arm moves from its punching position to a
check, use your right forearm to turn the opponent’s shoulders
clockwise. This will create a better Angle of Incidence.

•Your left arm punches over your right arm on a diagonally


downward direction.

•This action will force the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward
horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right
lower ribs. Simultaneously reverse the motion of your left
hand and covert it into a left upward hooking parry (like
a waiter carrying a tray) to check on top of the
opponent’s right arm.

•This strike should further drive the opponent back.

•Your left hand may also be positioned as a left extended outward


handsword block.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


171
CALMING THE STORM

EXTENSION
•Another version of this extension 3. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand and
is described below: deliver a right vertical forearm strike to the opponent’s
elbow to hyper-extend or break it.
Step 3
Grab the opponent’s right wrist •Your right arm is below and to the outside of the opponent’s right
with your left hand and deliver a arm. It’s position resembles a vertical outward block.
right upward forearm strike or a
right upward palm strike to his
right elbow to hyper-extend or
4. Slide your right foot back to 6:00 to form a left neutral
break it. Immediately follow with bow stance.
a right outward downward
diagonal hammerfist strike to his •Keep your hands in position to control the opponent’s Width Zone.
right kidney.
5. Maintain the grab on your opponent’s right wrist and
Step 4
deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his right
With your right hand, grab behind
his right elbow our shoulder as ribs. Continue the counterclockwise motion of your right
you twist his arm arm and deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist
counterclockwise. Immediately strike to the back of the opponent’s right ribs.
slide your right foot to 6:00 and
form a left neutral bow stance as •The opponent will be bent forward at the waist as you deliver the
you manipulate his right arm hammerfist to the back of his right ribcage.
behind his back in a hammerlock
position (control with your left 6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 to form a right neutral
hand). Immediately deliver a right
outward downward diagonal
bow stance facing 10:30 as you push down on the
back knuckle strike to his right opponent’s right armpit with your right hammerfist as you
temple. In the same continuous simultaneously pull his right (stiff arm) diagonally toward
motion, pivot counterclockwise you to dislocate his right shoulder.
to form a left forward bow stance
(or left close kneel stance) as you •You will be pulling his arm from 11:00 to 5:00.
deliver a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike (or right inward •The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding the left foot toward 4:00.
overhead heel palm strike) to the
back of his neck.
7. Force the opponent face-downward to the ground and
Step 5 execute a left rear crossover to form a right front twist
Pull the opponent toward 7:30 stance as you deliver a right outward downward back
execute a left rear crossover to knuckle strike to the back of the opponent’s left
form a right front twist stance as ribcage.
you deliver a right outward
downward back knuckle strike to •At this point you and your opponent are facing 6:00. You are
the opponent’s left kidney. positioned on the opponent’s left side and he is face down.
Step 6
As the opponent attempts to get 8. Step toward 6:00 with your left foot and drop to form a
up, step toward 6:00 with your left left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop to the
foot and form a left close kneel back of the opponent’s left elbow to cause a break.
stance to deliver a right knee
drop to the back of his left elbow.
•The opponent attempts to get up by placing his hands down and
pushing upward, your right knee drop prevents this action.
[continued on next page]

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


172
CALMING THE STORM

9. Lift your right foot and form a right front rotating twist
stance to deliver a right downward heel stomp to the
Step 7
Lift your right foot and form a right
right side of the opponent’s face. Immediately follow
front rotating twist stance to with a left knee drop to the back of his neck.
deliver a right downward heel
stomp to the right side of the •If the opponent’s left arm is in the way, step over his arm with your
opponent’s face. Immediately left foot and plant near the left side of his head.
follow with a left knee drop to the
back of his neck.
10. Spring upward toward 7:30 to form a left one-legged
Step 8 stance facing 1:30. Execute a right front crossover and
Leap toward 4:30 to form a righ double cover out toward 7:30.
tone-legged stance. Execute a
left front crossover and double
cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


173
DARTING MACE
NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a strike utilizing a fist. In this technique, FRONT
you will execute a punch in a very rapid (darting) manner. Two Hand
Hence, the name DARTING MACE. Right Wrist Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Ricocheting Vertical Punch Outside Right
Forward Bow Stance To Center
Vertical Thrust Punch
Transitional Close Cat Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike Left to Either
Thrusting Knee Kick
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
12:00
Front Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Hammerfist Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Strike 16 System
Front Rotating Twist Stance Blue #8
Inward Downward Diagonal Hook Punch Orthodox 24 System
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Purple #14
Uppercut Punch 32 System
Front Scoop Kick
Purple #7
Front Snapping Ball Kick

IMPORTANT CONCEPTS FORM LOCATION


Opposing Forces NONE
Bracing Angle

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gripping Talon
Desperate Falcons
Menacing Twirl
Clipping the Storm
Attacking Mace
Circling Fans

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


174
DARTING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Counter-grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right
hand and pull the opponent’s arm toward your right hip.
Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your left foot and
form a left neutral bow stance. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a left ricocheting vertical punch to the
opponent’s face.

•By pulling on a downward 45-degree angle toward your right hip,


you will cancel and control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones.

•Twist the opponent’s wrist clockwise with your right hand to expose
his elbow.

•The ricocheting vertical punch first acts as a forearm strike to the


outside of the opponent’s right elbow. This strike creates an Angle of
Cancellation and controls his width zone.

•The ricocheting vertical punch should be executed in one


continuous action; therefore, you must “aim” the vertical punch
lower than the intended target (aim toward the throat and not the
face) to compensate for the deflecting effect of the forearm strike.
Failure to do so will force you to re-aim (re-cock) the vertical punch
resulting in an “and than” and negating the benefits of
Sophisticated Basics.

•The ricocheting forearm strike occurs on the Half-Beat of the action.

2. Drop your left forearm (Pressing Check) horizontally


across your opponent’s arms as you pivot
counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance.
Simultaneously with this action, deliver a right vertical
thrust punch to the opponent’s solar plexus or ribcage.

•The opposing forces (Inward Opposing Forces) of your left forearm


and your right vertical punch will create opposing forces which will
enable you to break from the opponent’s grip.

•The punch to the opponent’s solar plexus or rib cage will cause him
to bend forward and his head to drop.

•The left forearm should track down the oppoent’s chest to act as a
check and as a guide for your right vertical thrust punch.

•Some practitioners utilize a right middle knuckle fist strike to the solar
plexus.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


175
DARTING MACE

3. Slide your right foot forward into a right transitional close


cat stance as you deliver a left outward horizontal
handsword strike to his throat. Your right hand covers
low. Immediately deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the
opponent’s groin or bladder. Plant forward and form a
right neutral bow stance as you buckle the opponent’s
right leg from the inside. As you settle into your stance,
execute a right thrusting heel palm strike to the
opponent’s jaw as you cover with your left hand.

•The right close cat stance is a transitional move as you move


forward (right forward step through maneuver) into your final position
of a right neutral bow stance. Your right foot will be beside your left
foot at this point.

•If the previous actions did not break the opponent’s grip, the actions
of the handsword and your right hand withdrawing act as a back-up
method. These are Outward Opposing Forces.

•These strikes should be performed in a single continuous flow of


action. Be sure that you do not stop or hesitate in the right
transitional close cat stance. The cat stance is mentioned as a point
in time so that you can synchronize your footwork with your
handstrikes.

•The left outward handsword strike occurs on the Half-Beat. The right
thrusting knee kick occurs on the Quarter-Beat.

•Your left hand contours up the opponent’s chest to deliver an


outward horizontal handsword strike to the neck.

•As you deliver the left outward horizontal handsword strike to the
throat, cock your right hand beneath your right pectoral muscle as a
preparatory cock for the next strike.

•Your left hand acts as a sliding check after the handsword in


preparation for your right thrusting heel palm strike.

•A right inward eye hook may be inserted after the right vertical thrust
punch to the solar plexus just prior to the left outward horizontal
handsword strike to the throat.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual only mentioned the knee strike to the
groin in the 2nd Degree Black Belt extension.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated an Angle of Departure


toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


176
DARTING MACE

EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your left foot forward and form a left
front twist stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal
hammerfist to his solar plexus. Immediately pivot
clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you
deliver a left inward horizontal hooking heel palm strike
to the right side of his face.

5. Without hesitation, immediately pivot counterclockwise


and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a
right inward downward diagonal hook punch to the left
side of the opponent’s face. As you settle into your
stance change this punch to a right inward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his head.

•The hook punch and elbow combination employ the concepts of


Sophisticated Basics and Quarter-Beat Timing.

•Your left hand stays on contact with the opponent’s face until the
right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to act as a backstop.

6. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as


you deliver a left uppercut punch to the opponent’s chin
as you right hand checks horizontally across his right arm
and body.

7. Deliver a left front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin


followed by a right front snapping ball kick to his solar
plexus or chin.

•These kicks should be executed in a “Chicken Kick” fashion.

8. With your right leg still in the air, execute a right front
crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


177
HOOKING WINGS
NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the manner ATTACK
in which you use double crane hooks to clear the FRONT
opponent’s arm (wings) from your body. Two Hand Push Low

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Pushes
Neutral Bow Stance
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Front Snapping Ball Kick Inside
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Right to Either
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Upward Elbow Strike
Downward Vertical Heel Palm Strike and Claw ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
Extension
Back Outward Horizontal Heel Scoop Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Roundhouse Ball Kick 16 System
Outward Horizontal Hooking Heel Kick Blue #9
Stiff Leg Lifting Back Kick Orthodox 24 System
Back Stiff Arm Rising Claw
Purple #15
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
32 System
Frictional Pull Purple #13
Borrowed Force
Continuity of Motion FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Crossed Twigs
Snaking Talon
Fatal Cross

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


178
HOOKING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands hook (in
the shape of cranes) to the inside of your opponent’s
wrists, jerking his arm down, outside and past your hips.

•This action will allow the opponent’s momentum to continue toward


you, but direct his weapons outside your Outer Rim.

•Your hands utilize Frictional Pull in bringing the opponent forward


and down. This will prevent them from re-orbiting back into you.

•Some practitioners step back and form the transitional right 45-
degree cat stance on this initial defensive action. Though the timing
has changed, the principle remains the same.

2. Slide your right foot back and form a transitional right 45-
degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front
snapping ball kick to the opponent’s groin.

•Utilize Borrowed Force from his push as well as from your pulling
action.

3. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance facing


12:00 and deliver a right inward downward diagonal
hammerfist strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge.
Immediately return with a right outward downward
diagonal back knuckle strike to his right jaw hinge. Your
left hand positionally checks at solar plexus level.

•Your right hand follows a figure-eight path.

•Some practitioners add a left thrusting heel palm strike to the right
side of his jaw after the outward back knuckle strike as you pivot into
a right forward bow stance. Performed in this manner, you will pivot
back into the right neutral bow stance on the next move.

4. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver and deliver a


right upward elbow strike to the opponent’s chin as your
left hand continues to check.

5. Deliver a right downward vertical heel palm strike and


claw first striking the bridge of the opponent’s nose and
then claw to his face and eyes.

•A right downward vertical elbow strike to his sternum may precede


the heel palm claw. This will control his Height Zone.

•Allow the heel palm claw to travel vertically downward, completely


through the opponent’s centerline.

•You may drop and form a right wide kneel stance for added power.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


179
HOOKING WINGS

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


7:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


180
HOOKING WINGS

EXTENSION
6. Shift your left foot (gauging leg) toward 3:00 and deliver
a right back outward horizontal heel scoop kick to the
inside of the opponent’s left knee. Immediately follow
with a right roundhouse ball kick to his right knee.

•Adjust your left foot as you simultaneously deliver the right downard
vertical heel palm claw. This will clear the opponent’s centerline in
preparation for the low-line kicks.

•Your hands positionally check high during the execution of the kicks.

7. Plant your right foot near his right foot and pivot your
body slightly counterclockwise toward 5:00 and gauge
with your left foot to deliver a right outward horizontal
hooking heel kick to the opponent’s right kidney.

8. Plant your right foot near Point of Origin and bounce it


into a right stiff leg lifting back kick to the opponent’s
groin as you simultaneously deliver a right back stiff arm
rising claw to his face.

9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


181
SHIELD AND SWORD
NAME—This defense receives its name from the first two ATTACK
principle actions—an extended outward block (shield) and FRONT
a handsword (sword) strike. Left step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Fighting Horse Stance Outside
Inward Handsword Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Twist Stance Right to Left
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Raking Hammerfist Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Roundhouse Kick
12:00
Extension
Knife Edge Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Front Scoop Kick 16 System
Spinning Back Kick Blue #10
Orthodox 24 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purple #16
32 System
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Purple #8
Glancing Salute
Reversing Mace FORM LOCATION
Clipping the Storm None
Twirling Hammers

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


182
SHIELD AND SWORD

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a right
forward bow stance as you deliver a left extended
outward block using the knife edge of your hand.

•Your right hand cocks to your right ear (palm facing out) in a
handsword position.

•Your right foot should be close to and behind the opponent’s left leg
for Directional Harmony.

•The extended outward block rides or “wedges” the opponent’s arm


away from you. It will also control the opponent’s Width Zone.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.

•An early version of this defense (pre-1975) inserted a right minor


inward parry; this is still followed by some practitioners.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse


stance as you deliver a right inward handsword strike to
the back of the opponent’s neck.

•Your left hand checks the opponent’s left arm.

•Follow through with your right handsword strike so that it adds to


checking his Height Zone by using your right forearm and elbow to
check his left shoulder. This is necessary in order for your left arm to
cock to your left hip in preparation for the next strike.

•An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a left close kneel
stance as the right handsword is delivered. This enabled the right
knee to check and control the opponent’s left leg.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance and


deliver a left inward horizontal elbow strike to the
opponent’s left lower ribcage. Your right hand checks his
left arm at the elbow.

•Your right hand acts as a Bracing Angle Check to his left arm.

•An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a right close kneel
stance as the left inward horizontal elbow strike is delivered. This
enabled the left knee to control the opponent’s left leg.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


183
SHIELD AND SWORD

4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right front twist
stance facing 10:30 as your left hand hooks out and
down (palm-up like a waiter carrying a tray) on top of his
left forearm. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 10:30 and execute a right
inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to the
opponent’s left kidney. In the same continuous motion,
deliver a right roundhouse kick to his right kidney .

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual did not indicate the use of a right front
twist stance. This stance is important as it enables you to generate
rotational force (torque) for the hammerfist strike and the
roundhouse kick.

•Some practitioners utilize a right inward horizontal middle knuckle fist


strike.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


184
SHIELD AND SWORD

EXTENSION
5. Momentarily plant your right foot to the ground and slide
your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot to
adjust for range and angle. Immediately deliver a right
knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s right
knee.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and execute a left


front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin (from the rear).

•Your right foot gauges the distance and angle to form the proper
Angle of Delivery.

7. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and execute a right


knife edge kick to the opponent’s back. Plant your right
foot (gauging leg) into a front crossover position (left rear
twist stance) and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left
spinning back kick to his groin.

•The opponent falls forward onto his stomach. This will give you the
target for his groin.

•The back kick may also be directed to his lower back or the coccyx.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


185
GIFT IN RETURN
NAME—The term gift is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a handshake. In this technique, you FRONT
will be jamming the opponent’s right arm against his body, Handshake
hence the name, Gift in Return.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Outside Right
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Knee Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
Extension
Rear Twist Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise 12:00
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Reverse Step Through
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
16 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #11
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #17
RELATED TECHNIQUES 32 System
Thrusting Prongs Purple #10
Gift of Destruction
Gift of Destiny
FORM LOCATION
Brushing the Storm
None
Buckling Branch
Captured Leaves

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


186
GIFT IN RETURN

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Step forward and to the outside of your opponent’s right
leg toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance.
Simultaneously have your left hand assist your right hand
in forcing your opponent’s right arm to his groin.

•Hug and check your opponent’s right leg with your left leg.

•Utilize a left push-down as means of generating the proper force for


the initial action.

2. Shift your left hand around and behind your opponent’s


right leg and grab his right wrist as your right foot shifts
clockwise toward 10:30 and form a left neutral bow
stance facing 4:30. Immediately pull upward with your
left hand as your right hand pushes downward against
the opponent’s right hip (push-down position).

•This action places pressure on the opponent’s groin as well as


controls his Height Zone.

•This action must occur quickly to prevent the opponent from


renewing his attack.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicates sliding toward 10:00.

3. Immediately deliver a right knife edge kick to the back


of your opponent’s left knee as you release your left
hand grasp. Maintain the check with your right hand.

•As your right knee comes upward in preparation for the knife edge
kick, it may strike his right forearm thereby compounding the effects
on his groin. The knee may also injure the opponent’s right wrist.

•The kick to the back of the knee controls his Width Zone and
prevents him from kicking rearward.

4. Without hesitation, plant your right foot between your


opponent’s legs (gauging leg) and deliver a left knee
kick to his tailbone (coccyx).

•As you plant to deliver the left knee kick, pivot clockwise to create
the proper alignment (Angle Alignment).

5. With your left foot in the air, execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 10:30.

•Your left foot may plant forward depending upon circumstances.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


187
GIFT IN RETURN

EXTENSION
5. After your left knee kick and with your left leg still in the
air, deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of
his right knee.

6. Plant your left foot toward 11:00 (gauging leg) and form
a right rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise
and deliver a right rear spinning stiff leg raise to the
opponent’s groin.

7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately slide


your left foot behind your right leg toward 6:00 to form a
left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s left kidney.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance as you execute a left outward back knuckle
strike to the opponent’s right kidney.

9. Without a loss of motion, immediately slide your left foot


toward 11:00 (left reverse step through) and deliver a
right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the
opponent’s right kidney.

10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 11:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


188
BOW OF COMPULSION
NAME—In this technique, the opponent bends your wrist ATTACK
backward compelling you to bow forward in compliance to FRONT
the pain generated. Downward Wrist Lock
(pinned against
opponent’s chest)
BASICS
Base WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Neutral Bow Stance Locks
Downward Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Downward Vertical Heel Palm Claw Inside
Reverse Handsword Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Downward Diagonal Punch Right to Either
Reverse Close Kneel Stance

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Forward Bow Stance 12:00
Outward Vertical Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Raking Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Outward Two-Finger Hook Blue #12
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Orthodox 24 System
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Purple #18
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
32 System
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Front Scoop Kick Purple #5
Inward Downward Heel Palm Strike
FORM LOCATION
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES None
Nip the Tip
Open Ended Triangle
Fitting

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Clutching Feathers
Scraping Hoof
Hooking Wings
Thrusting Lance

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


189
BOW OF COMPULSION

BASE TECHNIQUE
•The opponent pins your hand 1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
against his chest in reaction to neutral bow stance as you diagonally check across the
your push. opponent’s hands with your left hand. Simultaneously
deliver a right downward elbow strike to the opponent’s
solar plexus or groin.

•As the opponent bends forward to apply the lock, he presents his
solar plexus as a target.

•Your left hand pin should loosen the opponent’s grip.

•Your choice of targets depends upon the relative height of the


opponent.

2. With your left hand still guarding, reach up and grab the
opponent’s face with your right hand and drop into a
right wide kneel stance as you deliver a right downward
vertical heel palm claw raking the opponent’s face and
vertically downward to his testicles.

3. Immediately follow with a right reverse handsword strike


to the opponent’s groin.

4. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back


knuckle strike to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.
Immediately follow with a right inward downward
diagonal punch to his right knee cap as you pivot
counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel
stance.

•The back knuckle strike is also called a “hanging back fist strike”.

•The path of action your right hand follows is a horizontal figure-eight.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30

•As you execute each step of the maneuver, rise upward to your
proper height.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


7:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


190
BOW OF COMPULSION

EXTENSION
•Some practitioners perform the 4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
following version: you execute a right outward vertical raking back
knuckle strike to the right side of the opponent’s nose
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right
and a left thrusting heel palm strike to his solar plexus as
forward bow stance as you you settle into your stance.
execute a right outward vertical
raking back knuckle strike to the •Your right hand resembles a vertical outward block.
right side of the opponent’s nose
followed by a left inward •The fingers of your left hand will face inward.
horizontal heel palm strike to his
right jaw hinge.
5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
Step 5 stance and deliver a right inward raking back knuckle
Pivot counterclockwise and form strike to the left side of the opponent’s face.
a right neutral bow stance and
deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the left side of his
6. Deliver a left outward two-finger hook to the opponent’s
jaw (shuffle forward if necessary) eyes and immediately follow with a right inward
with a left thumb hook into the horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponent’s
opponent’s right eye. jaw as your left hand acts as a backstop to create a
sandwiching effect.
Step 6
Follow through with the inward
elbow strike and immediately •You may shuffle forward if circumstances dictate.
return with a right outward
horizontal elbow strike to the right 7. Slip your right elbow through the opponent’s jaw as you
side of his jaw. cover high with your left hand. Immediately return with a
Step 7
right outward horizontal elbow strike as your left hand
Continue the flow of motion and covers low.
deliver a right outward horizontal
heel palm strike and claw across 8. Continue the flow of motion and deliver a right outward
the opponent’s face followed by
horizontal heel palm strike and claw across the
a left inward horizontal heel palm
strike and claw. opponent’s face followed by a left inward horizontal
heel palm strike and claw.
Step 8
Deliver a right inward downward 9. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal heel palm
diagonal heel palm strike and
claw across the opponent’s face.
strike and claw across the opponent’s face.

Step 9 •Your right hand follows the path of a downward arc (clockwise half-
Execute a right front scoop kick circle).
to the opponent’s groin.
Immediately re-plant your right •At the conclusion of the strike, your right hand will be at your right
foot forward and form a right thigh.
neutral bow stance as you deliver
a right inward downward heel
palm strike to his solar plexus.

Step 10
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


191
BOW OF COMPULSION

10. Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin.


Immediately re-plant your right foot forward and form a
right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward
downward heel palm strike to his solar plexus.

•Your right fingers are pointed inward and your palm faces
downward.

•An early version (pre-1975) of this defense allowed the right arm to
continue orbiting after the inward downward diagonal heel palm
strike and claw to conclude with a right back hammering heel palm
strike to the opponent’s groin instead of the inward downward heel
palm strike to his solar plexus.

11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


192
OBSTRUCTING THE STORM
NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, FRONT
you will utilize a blocking method designed to obstruct the Right Step Through
Path of Action of the club. Overhead Club

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Upward Cross-Hand Block Below
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Vertical Forearm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Snapping Knee Strike Left to Right

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Upward Club Strike
12:00
Downward Club Strike
Front Twist Stance
Inward Horizontal Club Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Outward Horizontal Club Strike 16 System
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver Blue #7
Underhand Club Strike Orthodox 24 System
Front Crossover Purple #19
Rear Twist Stance 32 System
Outward Horizontal Club Strike Purple #6
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES None
Checking the Storm
Crossing Talon
Evading the Storm
Brushing the Storm
Capturing the Storm

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


193
OBSTRUCTING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a horse
stance facing 1:30 as you deliver an upward cross-hand
block (right over left) to the opponent’s right wrist.

•This block should make contact with the opponent’s right wrist at a
level above your head and off your right shoulder. This utilizes and
open-ended triangle which is designed to catch his right arm while
getting off the Line of Attack.

•By placing your right hand over your left hand, it allows you to use
your left hand if needed. If you place your left hand on top, you will
“check” yourself off.

•The opponent’s own application of weight (in conjunction with the


cross-hand upward block) places weight onto his lead foot and acts
as a check.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 and
facing 1:00 in a horse stance.

2. Grab your opponent’s right wrist with your right hand as


you left foot steps toward 1:30 to form a left neutral bow
stance. Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting vertical
forearm strike to the opponent’s right elbow.
Immediately roll your left arm to a horizontal position as
your right hand twists his right arm and pulls inward and
downward past your right hip.

•As your left foot steps toward 1:30, it may be necessary to “cat in
and around” to avoid his right leg.

•The push/pull action of your hands will force the opponent’s head
down and possibly strike your left knee. This action is also known as a
downward arm bar.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
left foot.

3. Immediately deliver a right snapping knee strike to the


opponent’s head or chest. Plant your right foot to Point
of Origin.

•Utilize Borrowed Force when delivering this knee strike.

•Deliver this knee strike without raising your body; This strike should
drive the opponent away.

4. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


7:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


194
OBSTRUCTING THE STORM

EXTENSION
•For practitioners familiar with 3. Immediately deliver a right snapping knee strike to the
stick fighting methods, these opponent’s head or chest as you remove the weapon
strikes may be delivered from a from his hand with your right hand (grabbing it at the
longer range (shoulder as the
pivot point) or a close to medium
free end). Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and
range (wrist and elbow as pivot deliver a right upward club strike to the opponent’s face.
points). Distance and
circumstances will dictate your 4. Step back with your left foot toward 7:30 and deliver a
actions. right downward club strike to the back of the opponent’s
right elbow.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd stepping toward 7:00 with your
left foot.

5. Immediately slide your right foot toward 9:00 to form a


right front twist stance as you deliver a right inward
horizontal club strike to the front of the opponent’s right
knee.

6. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance and immediately pivot clockwise to
form a right neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as you deliver
a right outward horizontal club strike to the back of the
opponent’s right knee.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manaul indicated stepping toward 11:00 to form
a left neutral bow stance.

7. Execute a forward push-drag maneuver to deliver a right


underhand club strike to the opponent’s groin from
behind.

•Snap your wrist upward to enhance the effect of the club strike.

8. Execute a right front crossover toward 10:30 to form a left


rear twist stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right
outward horizontal club strike to the opponent’s head.

•Utilize Gravitational Marriage as you deliver the club strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a right front crossover toward
11:00.

9. Step out with your left foot and complete your cover out
toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


195
TWIN KIMONO
NAME—A kimono is a formal tunic worn by the Japanese ATTACK
people. This technique is a defense against a two-handed FRONT
(twin) lapel grab (kimono). Two Hand Lapel Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Grabs and Tackles
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Upward Forearm Strike Outside Left
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike Right to Left
Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Twist Stance
12:00
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
Side Downward Stomp Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw 16 System
Spinning Back Kick Blue #1
Rear Upward Outward Claw Orthodox 24 System
Purple #20
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Squeegee Purple #12
Pivoting/Pivot Point
Locking/Breaking
Frictional Pull FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Raking Mace
Heavenly Ascent
Destructive Twins
Cross of Death
Lone Kimono
Thrusting Salute

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


196
TWIN KIMONO

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s arms at the wrists
to your chest as you step back with your left foot and
form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a
right upward forearm strike to his elbows.

•A left 4-finger eye slice may be inserted prior to the pin. This has the
added advantage of causing the opponent to move back and will
thereby straighten his arms. This is especially important in the Ideal
Phase as we assume that the opponent’s arms are bent.

•A right spearhand thrust to the throat is sometimes utilized instead of


the upward forearm break to create the same reaction in the
opponent.

2. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 as you deliver a right


outward horizontal back knuckle strike to his solar plexus.

•Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and face 10:30 in a right forward
bow. This will create preparatory torque for the following action.

•By moving up the circle, you align yourslef for better protection
(Angle of Alignment). In Lone Kimono your pin and upward forearm
strike created torque which turned the opponent’s right shoulder
away. In Twin Kimono, we move ourselves to create the same Angle
of Alignment.

•Check the opponent’s Height Zone by continuing to apply pressure


with your upward forearm strike as you adjust your angle. Once you
establish your new angle, drop your body weight and deliver the
outward back knuckle strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


197
TWIN KIMONO

3. Follow with a right inward downward diagonal forearm


strike against the opponent’s left arm. End with your right
arm palm up at your left hip and your left hand checking
high.

•Clear the opponent’s arm along the Angle of Cancellation.

•As you clear the opponent’s arm, you can utilize the upper and
lower case portions of your right arm to simultaneously strike the
opponent’s left temple with your right hammerfist as you clear his
arm with the lower portion of your right forarm.

•Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as you


deliver the right forearm strike.

•A left 4-finger eye thrust may be inserted to simultaneously occur


with the right clearing motion.

•You may sophisticate this motion by taking advantage of the upper


and lower case of your right arm.

4. Immediately follow with a right outward upward diagonal


handsword strike to his throat.

•Round the Corner of your right hand to conserve momentum.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


198
TWIN KIMONO

EXTENSION
5. Slide your left foot toward 10:30 and form a left front twist
stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponent’s jaw. Your right hand will check his right
shoulder.

6. From your twist stance, deliver a right thrusting knee kick


to the opponent’s right inner knee. Plant forward and
deliver a right side downward stomp as you
simultaneously deliver a right upward snapping forearm
strike to the underside of his jaw.

•Scrape down the opponent’s shin prior to stomping.

7. Adjust your right foot toward 3:00 (gauging leg) and


deliver a left front crossover stomp toward 12:00 on top
of the opponent’s left foot. Simultaneously execute a left
inward heel palm strike and claw to his face.

•Scrape down the opponent’s shin prior to stomping.

8. Pivot clockwise (adjusting as necessary) and deliver a


right spinning back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus
simultaneously with a right rear upward outward claw to
the opponent’s face.

•A right spinning stiff leg raise may be utilized if circumstances


dictate.

9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


199
SLEEPER
NAME—This defense receives its name from the choke used ATTACK
against the opponent which is designed to cause FRONT
unconsciousness. Right step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Outside
Inward Upward Diagonal Inner Wrist Strike
Modified Horse Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Close Kneel Stance Left to right
Knee Drop
Vertical Punch
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 12:00
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Heel Palm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Stiff Leg Sweeping Kick 16 System
Blue #14
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Angle of Disturbance Purple #21
32 System
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Purple #3
Dance of Death
Sleeper
Twirling Hammers FORM LOCATION
Dance of Darkness Form 5
Bowing to Buddha

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


200
SLEEPER

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step forward on a 45-degree angle
(toward 11:00) and form a left neutral bow stance facing
12:00. Simultaneously defend with a left inward block as
you right arm hangs naturally along the right side of your
body.

•This action controls the opponent’s Width Zone.

•Care should be taken not to block the opponent’s arm into the path
needed for the next strike. Often a parry is more advantageous as
this keeps the Line of Entry open.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance as you deliver a right inward upward diagonal
inner wrist strike to the left side of the opponent’s neck.
Your left hand maintains a bracing angle check to the
outside of the opponent’s right arm.

3. With your right foot step behind the opponent’s right leg
(cat around) and form a modified horse stance to
buckle his right leg. Simultaneously grab your right wrist
with your left hand from the back of the opponent’s
neck and apply pressure in an inward downward
diagonal direction as you pivot counterclockwise and
form a left forward bow stance facing 10:30.

•A sleeper hold is designed to restrict the blood flow to the


opponent’s brain thus causing unconsciousness.

•Another method of applying the choke is to track along the


opponent’s right arm with your left hand and execute a left outward
horizontal handsword strike to his throat. Immediately grab your right
forearm with your left hand. Apply pressure by squeezing your arms
together and apply pressure in a downward diagonal direction.
Care should be taken that this choke does not cut off his air supply
unless this is your intention. This type of choke utilizes an open-ended
triangle.

•Place your head close to his head to increase the pressure of the
choke and to limit his ability to escape.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting toward 10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


201
SLEEPER

4. Shift your left foot toward 4:30 and force the opponent
to the ground and drop to form a left close kneel stance
to deliver a right knee drop to his right ribcage
simultaneously with a right vertical punch to his face.
Your left hand is checking the opponent’s right arm by
pushing it down and across his body to act.

•Pivot toward 4:30 and hold the opponent in the sleeper choke to
allow the weight of the opponent’s own body to assist with the
choke.

•The manner in which the opponent falls is often described as a


“winding staircase”.

•The opponent will fall with his head facing between 5:00 and 6:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 5:00.

5. Shift your right foot toward 12:00 and execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 10:30 as you
gradually rise upward.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you should enter your
Angle of Departure by sliding your left foot back to 2:00 (left reverse
step through). Then, execute a right front crossover and double
coverout toward 2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


202
SLEEPER

EXTENSION
5. Check the opponent’s right arm by pinning it across his
body as you grab his right shoulder with your right hand.
Use both hands to turn him onto his stomach.

•Your right hand will be grabbing his right arm near his elbow and
your left hand grabs his right shoulder. Cross the opponent’s right
arm across his body with your right hand and push his right shoulder
with your left hand to roll the opponent to his left onto his stomach.
This will cross both of his arms and use his own body to pin them
against the ground.

•As you place the opponent in this position, you can also apply a
choke called a “Cobra Choke”. This is accomplished by placing his
right arm across his throat and grabbing his right wrist with your right
hand. Pull on the opponent’s arm with your right hand as you push
the back of his head (or left shoulder) with your left hand to apply
leverage for the choke.

6. Raise up and adjust your right foot (gauging leg) slightly


toward 10:30 and pivot clockwise to form a right close
kneel stance facing 10:30 to deliver a left knee drop to
his left kidney.

7. Stand up and adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward


12:00 and pivot counterclockwise to deliver a right
downward looping roundhouse to the opponent’s groin
from behind.

•It is advisable to plant your right foot to the outside of the


opponent’s left leg in preparation for the next series of strikes. This will
also prevent your right foot from becoming trapped as he reacts to
the kick to his groin. An early version of this defense (pre-1975) did
not make this adjustment.

8. Move your left foot (gauging leg) slightly forward and


alongside his left hip and drop to form a left close kneel
stance with a right knee drop to the opponent’s lower
spine simultaneously with a right heel palm strike to the
back of his head.

9. Spring upward and spin 180-degrees clockwise and


execute a right stiff leg sweeping kick to the opponent’s
head.

•Your final position will be a right reverse bow stance.

10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


203
SPIRALING TWIG
NAME—The term twig is used in self defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an arm. In this defense we will apply REAR
and inward wrist lock along a spiraling path as our footwork Bear Hug
twirls us toward a better defensive position. with arms free

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Right and Left Inward Middle-Knuckle Fist Strikes Inside
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Step Through POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Wrist Lock Left to Either
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Raking Hammerfist Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Vertical Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Upward Vertical Heel Kick Purple #14
Thrusting Back Kick Orthodox 24 System
Rear Spinning Back Kick Purple #22
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purple #15
Locking
Contouring
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES None
Crashing Wings
Defying the Storm
Squatting Sacrifice

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


204
SPIRALING TWIG

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left inward middle-
knuckle fist strikes to the back of the opponent’s top
hand (or hands). Immediately drop both elbows to pin
his arms. Without hesitation, grab the opponent’s right
hand with both of your hands. Your thumbs will be on the
back of his hand and your fingers inside his palm.

•In this defense, the bear hug grab is high on your chest making it
difficult to use your elbow to break free. The minor move of the
middle knuckle fist strikes will loosen his grip.

•Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.

•Your elbows should clear and pin the opponent’s arm against your
body.

•By lowering your center of mass, you will make it more difficult for the
opponent to lift you off the ground. You will also shift his weight onto
his right leg creating an Angle of Disturbance.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you pull the opponent forward
and begin to twist his wrist clockwise. Immediately pivot
clockwise and execute a right reverse step through and
end in a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30. During this
action, both of your hands continue to twist the
opponent’s wrist clockwise in a tight circle close to your
body applying an inward wrist lock.

•Keep the opponent’s hand close to your body to maintain control.


Pull forward on his right arm as you step forward with your left foot to
control his Width Zone.

•Some practitioners settle into a left forward bow stance to give a


better Bracing Angle when applying the wrist lock.

•Your rapid body momentum further disturbs the opponent’s


balance.

•When you step forward with your left foot, keep the opponent’s right
arm pinned against your body with your right elbow. As you step and
turn, you will create torque against is right elbow and shouder joints
that will cause him to turn to face 9:00; this controls his Width Zone.
Allow your right arm to slide over his arm as you execute your right
reverse step through; this will continue to control and check his Width
Zone.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 and
pivoting clockwise to face 8:00 in a left neutral bow stance.

•If the opponent bends his elbow as you apply the inward wrist lock,
immediately proceed into the lock flows.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


205
SPIRALING TWIG

3. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s


right rib cage as your pull his right arm past your right hip
and continue to twist on his wrist.

4. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 7:30. Simultaneously check your
opponent’s right arm downward with your left hand as
you deliver a right stiff arm back lifting knuckle strike to
your opponent’s face or temple.

•Plant your right foot alongside of your opponent’s right knee to act
as a check.

•Follow through with the stiff arm lifting back kuckle and end with
your right arm cocked beside your left ear.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


206
SPIRALING TWIG

EXTENSION
•Another version of the extension 5. Slide your left foot behind your right leg toward 9:00 and
followed by some practitioners is form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right
described below: outward raking hammerfist strike to the opponent’s face.
Step 5
Slide your left foot behind your 6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
right leg toward 9:00 and form a stance as you deliver a right vertical outward raking
right front twist stance as you back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face.
deliver a right outwrad
downward diagonal back
•This strike follows a path similar to a vertical outward block.
knuckle strike to the right side of
his face. Follow through with this
motion. 7. Immediately deliver a right upward vertical heel kick to
the opponent’s face to stand him up and follow with a
Step 6 right thrusting back kick to his solar plexus.
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance as you
dleiver a right inward horizontal 8. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and spin
elbow strike to the left side of his counterclockwise to deliver a left rear spinning back kick
jaw immediately followed by a to any available opening.
right upward vertical heel kick to
his groin. These strikes occur with
1/4 beat timing. 9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
toward 12:00.
Step 7
Your right foot contours his body
and deliver a right thrusting back
kick to his lower abdomen.

Step 8
Plant your right foot (gauging leg)
and spin counterclockwise to
deliver a left rear spinning back
kick to any available opening.

Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out towward 12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


207
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION
NAME—Destruction is a term used in self-defense techniques ATTACK
to symbolically represent “left”. In this technique, you will REAR
cross the opponent’s arms to break or dislocate his left Two Hand Choke
elbow joint.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Horse Stance Inside
Reverse Step Through
Neutral Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Right to Right

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Reverse Bow Stance 6:00
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Knee Kick
Rear Twist Stance 16 System
Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike Blue #15
Upward Outward Hooking Heel Kick Orthodox 24 System
Purple #23
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Change-up Point Purple #11
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES
None
Twirling Wings
Flight to Freedom
Fallen Cross
Escape from Death
Thrusting Salute
Twirling Sacrifice
Gripping Talon

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


208
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Grab both of the opponent’s wrists with both of your
hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into
your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and
form a horse stance.

•This action should hyper-extend or break the opponent’s thumbs as


you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum.

•Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponent’s arms


downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance
and control his Height Zone.

2. Execute a right reverse step through toward 7:30 and


form a left neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you pass
the opponent’s left arm over your head and cross his left
arm over his right arm. At this point, pull the opponent’s
right arm toward your right hip as your left hand pushes
his left arm forward.

•If the opponent’s left leg is forward, it is possible to buckle the inside
of his left leg as you execute the reverse step through.

•Some practitioners step toward 9:00 and pivot clockwise to face


3:00 in a left neutral bow stance to have a better line of entry for the
front snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponent’s right knee.

•A right outward elbow strike to his solar plexus or rib cage may be
inserted as you execute your right reverse step through.

•If you are unable to pull the opponent’s arm free on the initial move,
as you execute the right reverse step through, spin your head
clockwise under the opponent’s arms to free you from the choke.
Use your neck as a fulcrum to hyper-extend or break his thumbs.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated executing the right reverse step
through toward 8:00.

3. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the


opponent’s right knee.

•This action will buckle the opponent’s right leg and control his Height
Zone.

4. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you pull backward with your left hand
and push forward with your right hand (the position of
your right hand resembles a vertical outward back
knuckle strike).

•The push-pull motion will hyper-extend or break his left elbow.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


209
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


210
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION

EXTENSION
•Another version of the extension 5. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) slightly toward 6:00
is described below: and immediately slide your right foot backward and form
a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of his left
Step 5
Have your left hand release its
knee. Simultaneously execute a right outward back
grip on the opponent’s left hand knuckle strike through the opponent's left rib cage. As
and grab his right wrist. This will you settle into your stance, deliver a right inward looping
keep his right arm in check and back knuckle strike to his right mastoid.
trap his left arm as you execute
the following moves. Slide your
•Your right arm contours the opponent’s back to strike to his mastoid.
left left behind your right leg (left
rear twist stance) as you deliver a
right outward horizontal back 6. Deliver a right knee kick to the inside of his right knee.
knuckle strike through his left rib
cage. Immediately slide your right 7. Plant your right foot toward 11:00 and form a left rear
foot backward and form a right
reverse bow stance to buckle the
twist stance as you deliver a right outward downward
i nsi de o f hi s l ef t k n ee . hammerfist strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw.
Simultaneously as you settle into
your stance, contour the 8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right upward
opponent’s back and deliver a
outward hooking heel kick to the opponent’s groin.
right inward looping back
knuckle strike to his right mastoid.
•Some practitioners deliver a right upward vertical hooking heel kick
to the back of the opponent’s head if he is bent forward enough.
Step 6
Deliver a right knee kick to the
inside of his right knee. 9. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and pivot
counterclockwise to face 4:30 in a left neutral bow
Step 7 stance. Execute a left front crossover and double cover
Plant your right foot toward 12:00
and form a left rear twist stance
out toward 10:30.
as you deliver a right outward
downward hammerfist strike to his
jaw.

Step 8
Deliver a right outward upward
hooking heel kick first to the inside
of his right knee then to his groin
and finishing with a strike to the
inside of his left knee. All three
targets are struck during the
same clockwise circle.

Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double coverout toward
12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


211
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM
NAME—In this defense you are prevented from delivering an ATTACK
outward elbow strike so you quickly step away from the REAR
opponent (flight) and execute this back-up technique to Right Arm
free yourself (freedom) from the hammerlock. Hammerlock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Transitory Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Outside
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Cat Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Thrusting Back Kick Left to Either
Front Thrusting Ball Kick
Rear Twist Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Hammering Heel Palm Strike
6:00
Extension
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Upward Knee Kick 16 System
Thrusting Side Kick Blue #16
Orthodox 24 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Purple #24
Change Up Point 32 System
Leveraging Purple #17

RELATED TECHNIQUES
FORM LOCATION
Intellectual Departure None
Locked Wing
Crossed Twigs
Gripping Talon
Thrust Into Darkness

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


212
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 5:00 and form a transitory
right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab
the opponent's right wrist with your right hand.

•You may modifiy the width and depth of your stance depending
upon circumstances.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back into a modified
right neutral bow stance. It was modified because your left foot
rested on the ball of the foot.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance facing 6:00 as you attempt to deliver a left
outward horizontal elbow strike; however, the opponent
blocks this strike and momentarily checks your Width and
Depth Zones.

•You may also pivot counterclockwise into a left fighting horse stance
if circumstances dictate.

3. Immediately step forward with your left foot toward 1:00


and form a right reverse cat stance. As you step, pull the
opponent’s right arm on a downward diagonal direction
to control his Dimensional Zones.

•Keep your gaze forward so as not to telegraph your intentions to


your opponent.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.

4. Deliver a right thrusting back kick to the opponent’s right


ribcage.

•Do not look over your shoulder before or during this kick. Looking
may telegraph your intentions. By pulling the opponent’s right arm
alongside your right hip, you will be able to easily determine the
location of his rib cage by using proper Body Alignment.

5. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and pivot clockwise to


form a right neutral bow stance. Twist the opponent’s
wrist clockwise in a tight circle. Deliver a left downward
heel palm strike to his elbow to cause injury and control
the opponent’s Dimensional Zones.

•By whipping the opponent’s arm clockwise in a tight circle, this will
force him to bend forward and down to his left.

•Some practitioners pivot to a right forward bow stance to properly


align the left leg for the following kick.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
7:00 in a right reverse cat stance.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


213
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

6. Immediately deliver a left front thrusting ball kick to the


inside of the opponent’s left knee.

•This kick controls his Height and Depth Zones.

7. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right rear
twist stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left hammering
heel palm strike to the opponent’s right elbow. Your right
hand continues to maintain its grab on his right wrist.

•Your left fingers point up the opponent’s right arm as it delivers the
heel palm strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward
11:00.

8. Complete the crossover and double cover out toward


10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


11:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


214
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM

EXTENSION
8. From your right rear twist stance, pivot clockwise and
form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you
execute a right outward downward diagonal back
knuckle strike to his right kidney.

•The strike may be delived to his left kidney depending upon his
position.

9. Deliver a left upward knee kick to the opponent’s


stomach as your right hand checks his right arm.

10. Plant your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right
upward knee kick to the opponent’s stomach. From
Point of Origin, immediately deliver a right thrusting side
kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.

11. From Point of Origin, execute a right front crossover and


double cover out toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


215
BLUE BELT

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


BEGGING HANDS
NAME—In order to free your hands from your opponent’s ATTACK
grip, you will rotate your hands to form double outward FRONT
hooking parries (palm up) which resembles a person Two Hand
begging; hence the name, BEGGING HANDS. Direct Wrist Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Double Outward Hooking Parries Inside Both
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Double Torquing Heel Palm Strikes POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
Extension
Double Crab Hand Pinches ATTACK DIRECTION
Rear Crossover Maneuver
12:00
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Crossover Sweep
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Spinning Back Thrust Kick 16 System
Green #1
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES Orthodox 24 System
Back-Up Mass Blue #1
Torque 32 System
Purple #16
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Get the upper hand
FORM LOCATION
Gauging
Tracking NONE
Borrowed Force

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Crossed Twigs
Desperate Falcons
Unfolding the Dark
Thrusting Salute

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


216
BEGGING HANDS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, rotate both
hands outward to form double outward hooking parries
to break the opponent’s grip.

•Both hands should be on top of your opponent’s wrists palm


upward.

•Keep your elbows anchored and break the grip in a downward 45-
degree angle. This will control the opponent’s Dimensional Zone.

•You may find it useful to prefix a push outward (Purposeful Defiance)


with both arms to cause the opponent to resist this motion by
pushing inward. When you reverse this motion it will be much easier
to break from the grip (Purposeful Compliance).

•Your hands are in a begging position to act as positional checks


against a possible head butt if the opponent is pulled forward.

•Your hands should travel inward, upward and outward and then rip
downward to break from the grip.

•Both the 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicate a cate stance after the “begging” position. Please note
that this is meant as a transitional position from your right neutral bow
stance to the right front snapping ball kick—it is not be be held in
position.

2. From point of origin, deliver a right front snapping ball


kick to the opponent’s groin.

3. Plant your right foot forward (gauging leg) and deliver a


left front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s chin or
chest.

•Your right foot adjusts its depth according to the circumstances and
distance to the target.

•The kicks should be executed in a “Chicken Kick” fashion.

•Some instructors teach stepping back into a cat stance. This may
place you at a tactical disadvantage if the opponent’s momentum
continues to move forward. If this occurs, the following kicks may be
deleted and you simply move forward into a right neutral bow
stance and execute your double torquing heel palm strikes.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


217
BEGGING HANDS

4. Plant forward with your left foot and form a left neutral
bow stance (or forward bow stance) as you
simultaneously deliver double torquing heel palm strikes
(fingers out) under the opponent’s chest.

•As you learn in the forms, when executing simultaneous or dual


strikes in the same direction, you may be in either a neutral or
forward bow stance depending upon circumstances.

•The heel palms strike just below the pectoral muscles and employ
the Fitting Principle.

•You may shuffle forward slightly if circumstances dictate.

5. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


218
BEGGING HANDS

EXTENSION
5. After your double torquing heel palm strikes to the
opponent’s pectoral muscles, execute double crab
hand pinches to the nerves in this region as you step
forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right leg.

6. While still maintaining the grab, execute a left rear


crossover and end in a right reverse bow stance toward
1:30 to buckle the opponent’s left leg from the inside.

•Some practitioners execute a right heel palm strike to the groin


simultaneous with the right reverse bow sweep while the left hand
maintains its grip. As you execute the right front crossover sweep
(next step) the left hand delivers a left inward horizontal heel palm
strike and claw as your right hand checks the opponent’s right
shoulder.

7. Execute a right front crossover sweep to his right leg and


end in a twist stance facing 7:30 as you deliver a right
inward horizontal heel palm strike and claw to his face.

•Keep your right elbow anchored in and down to your left.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a left spinning back


thrust kick to any available opening.

9. With your left leg still in the air, execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


219
THRUSTING WEDGE
NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which you use twin extended outward blocks in the shape FRONT
of a wedge to deflect the opponent’s arms. Two Hand Push

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Base
Forward Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Twin Extended Outward Handsword Blocks Inside
Twin Rolling Upward Outward Claws
Fighting Horse Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Upward Elbow Strike Right to Right
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
12:00
Reverse Handsword Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Close Kneel Stance 16 System
Downward Knee Kick Green #2
Heel Stomp Orthodox 24 System
Front Crossover Stomp Blue #2
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purple #23
Meet Action/Beat It
Wedging
Frictional Pull FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locking Horns
Heavenly Ascent
Destructive Twins
Blinding Sacrifice
Bowing to Buddha

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


220
THRUSTING WEDGE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponent’s arms. Continue the flow of motion and
deliver right and let rolling upward outward claws to his
eyes.

•The outer portion of your forearms act as a wedge against his arms
and borrows the opponent’s force.

•The claws to his face stops his forward momentum and blurs his
vision.

•Your right leg will check the opponent’s right leg when you step
forward.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right upward elbow
strike under the opponent’s chin. Simultaneously slide
down his right arm with your left hand and end with a
grab to his wrist. As you settle into your stance pull the
opponent’s right arm to your left hip.

•As the opponent’s hands come up to protect his eyes, grab and pull
on the opponent’s right arm along the Angle of Cancellation.

•Your right arm orbits clockwise to deliver the upward elbow strike.
During this orbit clear the opponent’s left arm away from your body.

•The right elbow may first strike his sternum before striking under his
chin. This will enable you to control his Width Zone as well as enable
you to track up to the target.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as


you deliver a right downward heel palm strike and claw
to the bridge of the opponent’s nose and then to his
eyes.

•Some practitioners pivot and drop to form a right wide kneel stance
while executing the claw.

•A right downward vertical elbow strike to his sternum may precede


the heel palm claw. This will have the effect of controlling his Height
Zone.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


221
THRUSTING WEDGE

EXTENSION
4. Continue the motion of your right hand and claw
vertically downward and immediately return with a right
reverse handsword strike to the opponent’s groin.

•The motion of the motion of the downward vertical heel palm strike
(following through to his groin) will arch his back and present the
next target (groin).

5. Circle your right hand behind the opponent’s left knee


and step forward with your left foot and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of
his right knee. Simultaneously execute a left thrusting heel
palm strike to this jaw.

•If the opponent is knocked back too far, execute a right rear
crossover and step out into a left neutral bow stance to buckle the
inside of his right kne.

6. With the opponent lying on his back and his head


pointing toward 1:30, grab the back of his right knee with
your left hand. With both hand holding his legs, drop into
a left close kneel stance to deliver a right downward
knee kick to his groin.

7. As the opponent reacts in pain by closing his legs,


reverse your hands and clear his legs apart from the
inside. Execute a left heel stomp to his groin.

•Your hands clear in a similar manner as in HOOKING WINGS.

8. Execute a left front crossover stomp to his left ankle.

9. Leap out and execute a double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


222
FLASHING WINGS
NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which your arms unfold to form double strikes with the FRONT
elbows (wings). Right step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Outside
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Left to right
Outward Horizontal Claw
Close Kneel Stance
ATTACK DIRECTION
Outward Downward Diagonal Hooking Handsword Strike
Inward Handsword Strike 12:00
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Upward Diagonal Thrusting Handsword Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Extension Green #3
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Orthodox 24 System
Knee Kick Blue #3
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purple #18
Contouring
Zone of Obscurity FORM LOCATION
Long Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Attacking Mace
Thundering Hammers
Flashing Mace
Circling the Storm

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


223
FLASHING WINGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you defend with a left inward
block as your right hand cocks to your right hip (fist
clenched and palm up).

•Your left knee positionally checks the opponent’s right knee.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward
horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s right lower
ribcage. Your left hand slides up his arm to check at his
shoulder.

•Follow through with your elbow strike.

•Many practitioners utilize a forward push-drag maneuver as they


deliver the right inward elbow strike.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as


you deliver a right outward horizontal elbow strike to the
opponent’s back. Simultaneously deliver a left outward
horizontal claw across his face.

•As you claw, make sure that your left forearm acts as a sliding check
along his right arm.

•Your right elbow acts as a fulcrum as your left hand claws the face
(and hooks his eye) and anchors downward. This action will control
this opponent’s Height Zone. The left claw to the face also pulls the
head backward thus setting his head for the next strike (right
handsword strike).

•Some practitioners deliver the right outward elbow to his right


kidney. This is acceptable however you will lose the fulcrum on the
neck.

•Many practitioners pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow


stance.

4. Pivot clockwise toward 4:30 to form a left close kneel


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward
downward diagonal hooking handsword strike to the
back of the opponent’s neck. Immediately follow with a
left inward handsword strike to the back of his neck as
you settle into your stance.

•Keep your right elbow anchored as it pulls his head downward.

•Many practitioners execute a forward push-drag toward 4:30 as


they pivot and drop to form the left reverse wide kneel stance.

•Use your left knee to check and buckle the outside of his right knee.

•Some practitioners utilize a wide kneel stance during this step.


Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
224
FLASHING WINGS

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left wide kneel


stance facing 12:00 as you Round the Corner and deliver
•The Long Form 4 version of this
defense directs you to pivot
a right inward upward diagonal thrusting handsword
clockwise toward 4:30 and form strike (palm up) to the opponent’s throat. Simultaneously
a close kneel stance and pivot your left hand slides down and past his right shoulder to
counterclockwise toward 12:00 to check and pin his right arm to his body.
form a wide kneel stance.
•Some practitioners pivot counterclockwise to form a left close kneel
stance. The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated a close kneel stance
toward 12:00 whereas the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a wide
kneel stance.

•Your left knee should continue to buckle and check the opponent’s
right knee.

•The handsword strike can also be deliverd to the bridge of the


opponent’s nose.

6. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual revision indicated an Angle of Depature


toward 5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


225
FLASHING WINGS

EXTENSION
6. Circle your left foot clockwise to sweep this right leg.
Immediately circle your right foot clockwise to buckle his
right leg as you form a left forward bow stance.
Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
his face. Grab the opponent’s face with your right hand
and begin to turn the opponent counterclockwise by
pushing forward with your right hand on his head and
pushing on this right shoulder with your left hand.

•Your left hand checks his right arm.

7. Immediately deliver a right knee kick to his spine.

8. From Point of Contact deliver a right thrusting side kick to


the back of the opponent’s left knee. Simultaneously
deliver a right outward claw across his face.

•Some practitioners plant forward and then execute the front


crossover and cover out. This ensures commitment with the kick.

9. From Point of Contact execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 9:00.

•As you execute the right front crossover, deliver a right finger finger
ripping claw across his face.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


226
HUGGING PENDULUM
NAME—The term pendulum is used in self-defense ATTACK
techniques to symbolically represent the action of a FRONT
downward block. This block then cocks horizontally across Right Step Through
your waist in a manner that resembles a “hugging” motion. Knife-Edge Kick

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver Outside
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammering Block
Front Crossover POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Knife-Edge Kick Right to Right
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Claw ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
Extension
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Inward Horizontal Roundhouse Punch CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Roundhousing Ball of Foot Kick 16 System
Low Spinning Side Thrust Kick Green #4
Orthodox 24 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #4
Orbital Switch 32 System
Purple #30
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
FORM LOCATION
Retreating Pendulum
Rotating Destruction None
Glancing Lance
Unwinding Pendulum
Leaping Crane

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


227
HUGGING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, execute a reverse
push-drag maneuver toward 7:30 as you deliver a right
outward downward diagonal hammering block to the
outside of the opponent’s right leg.

•Your right arm travels from 10:30 to 4:30.

•This action will disturb the opponent’s balance, injure his leg, inflict
pain, and turn control his Width by turning his body to the left.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that your right hand blocks
from 11:00 to 5:00.

2. Without delay, execute a left front crossover as you cross


your right hand (palm up) to your left hip and positionally
check with your left hand. Immediately deliver a right
knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee
from behind.

•As your right arm cocks across your waist, deliver a right inward
horizontal heel palm claw to his face or a right inward horizontal
raking middle knuckle fist to his right ribcage. The location of the
target will be determined by the position of his right (lead) arm.

•This kick should buckle the opponent’s left knee to the ground.

3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance and deliver a right outward horizontal back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid or right
temple. Arc your strike wide to the right and return with a
right inward horizontal hooking heel palm claw to the left
side of the opponent’s face.

•Maintain a bend in your right elbow throughout this action.

•The opponent should fall to the ground.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


7:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


228
HUGGING PENDULUM

EXTENSION
4. As your right hand passes through its target, step with
your right foot toward 9:00 and pivot counterclockwise
to form a left neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you
deliver a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to the
opponent’s face. Continue the counterclockwise spin to
form a left forward bow stance to deliver a right inward
horizontal roundhouse punch to his face.

•These actions should be performed without a loss of momentum.

5. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) slightly back and


deliver a right roundhousing ball of foot kick to the
opponent’s sternum.

•Deliver this kick without a loss of momentum.

•Some practitioners deliver the right inward horizontal roundhouse


kick simultaneously with the adjustment of the left foot. In such cases
the left forward bow stance is eliminated.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 11:00 and spin
counterclockwise to deliver a low left spinning side thrust
kick to the opponent’s neck.

7. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 7:30

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


229
REPEATED DEVASTATION
NAME—The technique receives its name from the repeated ATTACK
manner in which you utilize elbow strikes. REAR
Full Nelson

BASICS WEB OF KNOWLEDGE


Base Hold and Hugs
Modified Horse Stance
Rear Head Butt Strike DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Inside
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
Extension
Inward Downward Diagonal Punch
Chicken Knee Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 6:00
Torquing Heel Palm Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 16 System
Sandwiching Green #5
Opposing Forces Orthodox 24 System
Blue #5
RELATED TECHNIQUES
32 System
Scraping Hoof
Wings of Silk Purple #19
Twirling Sacrifice
Blinding Sacrifice FORM LOCATION
Obscure Sword Long Form 3
Menacing Twirl

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


230
REPEATED DEVASTATION

BASE TECHNIQUE
•The standard curriculum states 1. Step toward 3:00 and form a modified horse stance as
that this defense and SCRAPING you strike over your shoulders and behind your head with
HOOF repeat the technique on both fists to your opponent’s face.
the opposite side. This is required
for the purpose of learning Long
•This defense is designed to prevent the opponent from appying a full
Form 3. A practical street
nelson hold early in its attempt.
application is described below:

Step 1 •By bringing your arms upward and behind your head, you block the
opponent’s arms and prevent him from applying the full nelson.
Step toward 3:00 and form a
modified horse stance as you
strike over your shoulders and •Some practitioners deliver these two punches in a sandwiching
behind your head with both fists manner to the opponent’s head. Other hand weapons may be
to your opponent’s face. employed such as double middle knuckle fist strikes or twin four-
finger thrusts (palms inward).
Step 2
Drop your weight and lower your 2. Drop your weight and lower your horse stance as you
horse stance as you drive both drive both elbows down to the opponent’s biceps (your
elbows down to the opponent’s palms will be facing you). Immediately thrust both fists
biceps (your palms will be facing
toward the ground (palms facing you) as you straighten
you). Immediately thrust both fists
toward the ground (palms facing your knees and back and deliver a rear head butt strike
you) as you straighten your knees to the opponent’s face.
and back and deliver a rear
head butt strike to the 3. Step forward with your left foot into a transitional left
opponent’s face. neutral bow stance as you pin the opponent’s left arm
Step 3
beneath your left arm and grab his right wrist from above
Step forward with your left foot with your left hand. Pivot clockwise and face 6:00 in a
into a transitional left neutral bow right forward bow stance as your deliver a right outward
stance as you pin the opponent’s horizontal elbow strike to the right side of the
left arm beneath your left arm
opponent’s jaw.
and grab his right wrist from
above with your left hand. Pivot
clockwise and face 6:00 in a right •Step step forward and form a right reverse bow stance as the pin
forward bow stance as your and grab are made prior to pivoting counterclockwise. This is similar
deliver a right outward horizontal in appearance to OBSCURE SWORD and CIRCLING WING.
elbow strike to the right side of
the opponent’s jaw. •This is technically where the defense ends; however, the opposite
Simultaneously with the strike, pull side is repeated in Long Form 3 and is described below:
the opponent’s right arm on a
downward 45-degree past your 4. Slide your left foot back to its Point of Origin, and
left hip to create an Angle of immediately step forward with your right foot into a
Cancellation.
transitional right neutral bow stance as you pin the
Step 4 opponent’s right arm beneath your right arm and grab
Pivot counterclockwise and form his left wrist from above with your right hand. Pivot
a right reverse bow stance as counterclockwise and face 6:00 in a left forward bow
your right hand pushes the
stance as your deliver a left outward horizontal elbow
opponent’s head down. Execute
a right rear scooping heel kick to strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw.
the opponent’s face. Finish by
executing a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


231
REPEATED DEVASTATION

5. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


232
REPEATED DEVASTATION

EXTENSION
•Some practitioners eliminate the 5. Slide your left foot back toward 12:00 and form a right
left outward horizotal elbow strike neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as your left hand hooks
and flow immediately into the around the left side of the opponent’s neck. Pull his head
extension after the right outward
horizontal elbow strike. The
downward and toward you as you deliver a right inward
description for this method downward diagonal punch to the left hinge of the
follows: opponent’s jaw.
Step 4
6. While keeping your opponent’s head down, deliver a
Slide your right foot back toward
12:00 and form a left neutral bow left-right upward knee kick (butterfly knee kick) to the
stance facing 6:00 as your right opponent’s head.
hand hooks around the right side
of the opponent’s neck. Pull his •Your right inward downward diagonal punch feeds the opponent’s
head downward and toward you head into your left knee. These are performed with 1/4 beat timing.
as you deliver a left inward
downward diagonal punch to
the right hinge of the opponent’s
7. With your right leg still in the air, deliver a right thrusting
jaw. knife edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s right
knee as you simultaneously execute a right torquing heel
Step 5 palm strike to the opponent’s jaw (your palm will be
While keeping your opponent’s
down and your fingers will be out).
head downward, deliver a right-
left upward knee kick (butterfly
knee kick) to the opponent’s 8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
head. toward 12:00.
Step 6
With your left leg still in the air,
deliver a left thrusting knife edge
kick to the inside of the
opponent’s left knee as you
simultaneously execute a left
torquing heel palm strike to the
opponent’s jaw (your palm will
be down and your fingers will be
out).

Step 7
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


233
ENTANGLED WING
NAME—The term wing is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
represent an elbow. An outward bent arm lock involves your FRONT
and your opponent’s arm wrapped (entangled) in a joint Outward Bent Arm
manipulation. Lock

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Upward Elbow Strike Outside
Rear Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
12:00
Upward Knee Kick
Thrusting Knee Kick
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 16 System
Angle of Cancellation Green #15
Third Hand Orthodox 24 System
Blue #6
RELATED TECHNIQUES 32 System
Mace of Aggression Purple #20
Twirling Wings
Flashing Wings
FORM LOCATION
Piercing Lance
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


234
ENTANGLED WING

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance as your left hand executes a pinning
check to the opponent’s left hand. Simultaneously raise
your right arm upward and overhead (right upward
elbow strike) to relieve the pressure.

•The right upward elbow strike may also possibly strike the opponent’s
chin.

•Check the opponent’s right knee with your right knee as you step
forward. This will assist in controlling his Depth Zone.

•Your left hand checks and controls the opponent’s right elbow to
nullify his leverage.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance as you deliver a left rear elbow strike to the
opponent’s groin or ribs. Simultaneously pull the
opponent’s left arm downward and align his elbow
across the top of your right shoulder.

•The choice of targets depends upon his height.

•Your left hand releases his grip on the opponent’s left arm to deliver
the elbow strike; however, your right hand maintains the grip.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right fighting horse stance as


you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the opponent’s
solar plexus or left rib cage. Your left hand positionally
checks at your right shoulder.

•Your left hand re-grips the opponent’s left wrist to continue


controlling his Height Zone as your right arm delivers the elbow strike.

•Some practitioners pull the opponent’s left arm forward as the right
elbow strike is delivered.

4. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


235
ENTANGLED WING

EXTENSION
4. Slide your right foot back toward 1:00 and form a right
reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponent’s left leg as you deliver a right vertical back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s face.

5. Hook your right hand around the left side of the


opponent’s neck and pull his head forward and
downward into a right upward knee kick to his face.
Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and deliver a
left upward knee kick (toward 11:00) to his face.

6. Plant your left foot down (gauging leg) and slide your
right foot back to form a right reverse bow stance facing
1:30 to buckle his left leg further and force his head to
the ground.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a clock direction of 1:00.

7. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the back of the


opponent’s elbow.

•Rotate his left arm to position his elbow in a vulnerable position for
the thrusting knee kick.

8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


236
DEFYING THE STORM
NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, FRONT
you will defy his action by meeting it. Right Roundhouse
Club Attack

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Weapons (stick)
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Handsword Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Handsword Block Inside
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Shoulder Lock POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Knee Strike Right to Right
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike

Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Rotating Twist Stance 12:00
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Heel Palm Claw 16 System
Back Scoop Kick Green #7
Spinning Back Kick Orthodox 24 System
Inward Crescent Kick Blue #7
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purple #21
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Calming the Storm FORM LOCATION
Returning Storm None
Defying the Rod
Locked Wing

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


237
DEFYING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponent’s right knee as you simultaneously deliver a left
extended outward handsword block to the inside of the
opponent’s right wrist with a right inward handsword
strike to his right biceps.

2. Grab the opponent’s right wrist with your left hand and
twist counterclockwise as you grab the back of his right
elbow with your right hand (from above) and pull to
create a fulcrum on his right elbow. Slide your right hand
up his arm and grab behind his shoulder. Immediately
slide your right foot back to 4:30 to form a left forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you push forward with your
left hand and pull backward with your right hand
(anchor your right elbow to your right hip) to set a
vertical shoulder lock.

•By creating a fulcrum on the opponent’s right elbow, you will control
his Width Zone and begin to bring his body forward.

•A right inward collapsing elbow strike to the right side of the


opponent’s jaw may be inserted as you slide your right hand up his
arm to grab behind his right shoulder. This will further control his Width
Zone and prevent a strike from his left arm.

•This push/pull action in along a downard diagonal plane of action to


create a fulcrum on his elbow joint and force him to bend forward at
the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back to
5:00.
DEFYING THE STORM
3. Deliver a right knee strike to the opponent’s sternum.

•This should knock the wind out of the opponent.

4. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 11:00 as you deliver a right inward
overhead elbow strike to the opponent’s upper spine.
Your left hand maintains control of his right wrist, keeping
it to your left side.

•This should cause the opponent to fall to the ground.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


238
DEFYING THE STORM

EXTENSION
5. Release your grasp to the opponent’s right wrist and
pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist
stance to deliver a left inward downward diagonal elbow
strike to the right side of his jaw.

•Follow through with this elbow strike.

6. Pivot counterclockwise to form a right neutral bow


stance to deliver a left outward upward diagonal elbow
strike to the left side of the opponent’s jaw followed by a
right inward heel palm claw to his left jaw. Continue to
pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right back scoop
kick to the opponent’s groin.

•All of these actions are timed togetehr to add power to the scoop
kick.

•Some practitioners deliver a right inward downward diagonal heel


palm strike to guide the opponent’s head down into the right back
scoop kick. Use 1/4 beat timing between the heel palm strike and
the rear scoop kick.

7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 6:00 and


immediately pivot counterclockwise to deliver a left
spinning back kick to the opponent’s solar plexus.

8. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and deliver a right


inward crescent kick to his face.

•If circumstances dictate, you may need to hop to adjust for the right
inward crescent kick.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


239
RAKING MACE
NAME—The term mace is used in self defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a fist. In this technique, you will utilize FRONT
your fist in a raking manner to neutralize your attacker. Two Hand Lapel Grab
(pulling in)

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Grabs and Tackles
Neutral Bow Stance
Uppercut Punch DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike Above Both
Outward Handsword Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike Right to Either
Extension
ATTACK DIRECTION
Two-Finger Eye Hook
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike and Claw 12:00
45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Upward Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Thrusting Handsword Strike Green #16
Roundhouse Kick Orthodox 24 System
Blue #8
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
32 System
Purposeful Compliance
Purple #22
Trapping
Object Obscurity
Sandwiching FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
Cross of Death
Twin Kimono
Hooking Wings

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


240
RAKING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponent’s hands to your
chest as you step forward with your right foot and form a
right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right
uppercut punch to the opponent’s solar plexus.

•Some practitioners utilize a middle knuckle fist strike.

•By moving in the direction of the opponent’s pull (Purposeful


Compliance) you preserve your balance and enhance your counter
strikes.

•The uppercut punch checks the opponent’s depth and aids in


preventing a head butt.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with
your right foot.

2. Circle your right hand counterclockwise and deliver a


right inward downward diagonal raking back knuckle
strike to the bridge of the opponent’s nose. Continue the
motion of your right arm and strike diagonally downward
on top of your opponent’s arms. Your left hand continues
to pin.

•Use the upper and lower case portions of your right arm to
simultaneously deliver a right hammerfist strike to his left temple as
the lower portion of your right forearm clears the opponent’s arm.

3. Immediately follow with a right outward handsword strike


to the opponent’s throat.

•By keeping your right hand on the opponent’s throat it acts as a


Detaining Check.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


241
RAKING MACE

4. Follow with a right inward horizontal elbow strike to the


left side of the opponent’s jaw simultaneously with a left
inward horizontal heel palm strike on the opposite side to
create a sandwiching effect.

•This elbow strike should be executed as a collapsing elbow strike by


keeping your right hand on point of contact and moving up to the
elbow.

•You may advance forward with a push-drag maneuver if


circumstances and range dictate.

•There are two generally accepted methods of moving your arms


prior to delivering the sandwiching elbow strike. First, your right
handsword remains on point of contact and you deliver a right
collapsing elbow strike as your left hand orbits to clear the
opponent’s arms and deliver the heel palm strike. Second, both
arms clear the opponent’s arms down and deliver the sandwiching
elbow strike. The first is the preferred method. In either case, you may
find it necesssary to utilze a forward push-drag maneuver to close
the distance to close range striking.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


242
RAKING MACE

EXTENSION
5. After your sandwiching elbow strike, execute a left two-
finger eye hook (in a small clockwise circle) immediately
followed by a right inward (counterclockwise looping)
hooking heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s
face as you side your right foot back to form a right 45-
degree cat stance.

•Your left is in a checking position at the conclusion of this step.

6. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the


opponent’s groin as your right and drops downward
alongside your right thigh to act as a preparatory cock.
Plant forward and form a right neutral bow stance as you
deliver a right upward stiff arm back knuckle strike to the
underside of the opponent’s chin. Your right hand
continues upward and clockwise to conclude with a
right thrusting handsword strike to the left side of his neck.

7. As the opponent is force downward and to the left,


deliver a left roundhouse kick to his head.

•Right right leg may act as a gauging leg if necessary.

8. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


243
SNAKING TALON
NAME—The term talon is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
represent a wrist grab. In this defense, you will utilize a FRONT
snaking defensive action and end with a grab to his right Two Hand Push
wrist.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Handsword Block Outside
Extended Outward Handsword Block
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Right to Either
Rear Twist Stance
Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Back Heel Kick
12:00
Extension
Rear Crossover CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Rear Twist Stance 16 System
Roundhouse Kick Green #9
Rear Spinning Thrust Kick (on ground) Orthodox 24 System
Blue #9
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Squeegee Blue #2
Opposing Forces

RELATED TECHNIQUES FORM LOCATION


Circling Fans Form 4
Parting of the Snakes
Entwined Maces

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


244
SNAKING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE
•In this defense, we ride the 1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
opponent’s attack. neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your right hand loops
a figure eight with a right inward handsword to the
outside and on top of the opponent’s left arm followed
by a right extended outward handsword to the outside of
his right arm. Your left hand positionally checks at solar
plexus level.

•Your right hand follows a path and not a line. During this action,
keep your elbow anchored.

•Both actions diagonally check the opponent’s Height and Width


zones by crisscrossing his arms diagonally downward.

•Your left hand may assist by delivering a left inward parry (minor
move) to the outside of his right arm.

2. In the same Flow of Motion, grab the opponent’s right


wrist with your right hand and pull his right arm down and
to your right as you slide your right foot back into a
transitional right 45-degree cat stance. Immediately
deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his groin.

•Some practitioners add a left inward heel palm strike to the


opponent’s elbow to create an injury and to control his Dimensional
Zones.

3. From Point of Contact, plant your right foot toward 7:30


and form a left rear twist stance facing 12:00

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
7:00 and forming a right front twist stance facing 7:00. Some modern
practitioners plant the right foot toward 9:00. Where you plant will
depend upon the circumstances.

4. Release the grab to his wrist and pivot counterclockwise


to deliver a left spinning back heel thrust kick to the
opponent’s abdomen.

5. Hop onto your left leg (gauging leg) toward the


opponent and deliver a right back heel kick to any
available opening (preferably the face or chest).

•This is actually a back chicken kick. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
referred to this as a “reverse chicken kick”.

•Some practitioners use the left kick as a minor kick to add


momentum for the right back kick. Performed in this manner, you will
keep your gaze over your right shoulder and use your left foot in a
hopping manner. There is the possibility that it may strke the
opponent’s face or groin, but its main purpose is to gain momentum
for the right kick.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


245
SNAKING TALON

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


246
SNAKING TALON

EXTENSION
•In this extension, we assume that 6. Plant your right foot into a right rear crossover and form a
the opponent is hitting a wall and right rear twist stance and pivot clockwise as you drop
bouncing back toward us. onto your right side to deliver a left roundhouse kick to
•In ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER,
the opponent’s groin.
we execute a series of kicks
designed to get us OFF the •Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and as you pivot, drop onto your
ground. In this extension, we right knee.
perform a series of kicks to get us
ON the ground. •You will be on your right knee as you kick. This will give you a height
differential as you are low on this kick so that you can lift and push
up into the next kick.

7. Spin clockwise and plant your left knee. Using your arms
to assist you, push up into a right rear spinning thrust kick
to any available opening.

•Your head will be pointing toward 4:30. Notice how this sequence
moves you off the line of attack and under his momentum.

8. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and leap out onto your left leg.

•A leap was described in the 1975 IKKA Red Manual; however, many
modern practitioners omit the leap and conclude with the standard
cover out.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


247
SHIELD AND MACE
NAME—The term shield is used in self defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an outward block; a mace is used to FRONT
represent a close fist or punch. In this technique, you will Right step through
simultaneously defend with an outward block (shield) with a punch
straight punch (mace).
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Outside
Neutral Bow Stance
Horse Stance
Vertical Outward Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Straight Punch Left to right
Forward Bow Stance
Hammerfist Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Close Kneel Stance 12:00
Inward Looping Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Outward Handsword Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Knife Edge Kick
16 System
Extension Green #10
Front Snapping Ball Kick Orthodox 24 System
Blue #10
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Slipping Purple #24
Fitting
Complementary Angle FORM LOCATION
Long Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Shield and Sword
Flashing Mace
Parting of the Snakes

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


248
SHIELD AND MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and
form a horse stance as you deliver a right vertical
outward block simultaneously with a left straight punch to
the opponent’s right lower ribcage.

•The right vertical outward block essentially acts as a parry in this


defense. It is sometimes referred to as a “outward deflection block”.

•Your left punch strikes downward on a 45 degree angle to control his


Dimensional Zones. The opponent’s own momentum drives him into
your left punch.

•This action should bend the opponent forward at the waist.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left forward bow


stance as you deliver a right hammerfist strike to the top
of the opponent’s right kidney, driving down to the
pelvic area.

•Your left hand acts as a Bracing Angle Check to his right elbow.

•This action should buckle the opponent to his knees.

•Some practioners drop into a left close kneel stance during this
action.

3. Drop into a left close kneel stance as your left hand


circles clockwise to pin the opponent’s right arm down
to his body as your right arm circles counterclockwise to
strike his face and eyes with a right inward looping
horizontal heel palm claw.

•Your arms use an open-ended triangle to check his right arm down
and control his Width and Height Zones.

•This action should snap your opponent’s neck and turn his head to
his right.

4. Drop lower into your left close kneel stance as you


continue the counterclockwise circle of your right hand
to deliver a right outward handsword strike to the back
of his right knee. Your left hand will circle clockwise and
check the opponent’s right shoulder.

•Your right arm contours downward along the opponent’s body and
back of his right leg.

•Your left hand must circle to enable your right arm to pass by
unobstructed. This is called an Overlapping Check.

•This action should buckle the opponent’s right knee and give you a
path for the following strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


249
SHIELD AND MACE

5. Without raising your body, deliver a right knife edge kick


to the back of the opponent’s left knee.

•Your opponent should drop to the ground.

6. From Point of Contact execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 8:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


250
SHIELD AND MACE

EXTENSION
6. Without rising upward, deliver a right knife edge kick to
the back of the opponent’s left knee.

•Keep your right hand against the back of his right knee as you kick.

7. Plant your right foot toward 2:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you right hand follows through to deliver a
right heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw and face.

•Your left hand checks the opponent’s shoulder.

8. As the opponent begins to fall toward you, grab his chin


with your right hand and pull him in and down to deliver
a left upward knee kick to the back of his head.

•This action creates a sandwiching effect.

9. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) straight down and slide
your right foot back toward 9:00 to form a left neutral
bow stance facing 3:00. Simultaneously push the back of
his head with your left hand as you grab his chin with
your right hand and jerk. This combined action will
create a neck wrench.

•This action will cause the opponent to spin and face you.

10. With your left foot (gauging leg) step back and deliver a
low right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s
head.

•During this action, check the opponent’s right arm with our right
hand or cover your groin.

11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


251
RETREATING PENDULUM
NAME—The term pendulum is used in self-defense ATTACK
techniques to symbolically represent a downward block. In FRONT
this defense, you will utilize a downward block while Right Thrusting Heel
simultaneously increasing the distance between you and Kick
your opponent (retreating).
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Outside
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Knife-Edge Kick Right to Right
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Reverse Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Back Scoop Kick 12:00
Reverse Bow Stance Buckle
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension
16 System
Close Kneel Stance
Heel Palm Claw and Grab Green #11
Back Knuckle Strike Orthodox 24 System
Forward Bow Stance Blue #11
Inward Heel Palm Claw 32 System
Inward Handsword Strike Blue #4
45-Degree Cat Stance
Roundhouse Kick FORM LOCATION
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Continuing the Circle
Top of Circle/Bottom of Circle
Distance Matching

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
Flashing Mace
Unwinding Pendulum

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


252
RETREATING PENDULUM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your right foot
toward 6:00 to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00
as you simultaneously deliver a right outward downward
diagonal block to the outside of the opponent’s right
leg. Your left hand checks next to your right shoulder.

•This action will disturb the opponent’s balance, injure his leg, inflict
pain, and control his Width Zone by turning his body to the left.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a “right outside
downward block”.

•As the opponent delivers a left rear cross-right thrusting side kick, we
match his rear cross with our right rear cross (left front twist stance).
This is an example of Distance Matching.

2. Without hesitation, deliver a right knife-edge kick to the


opponent’s left inner knee from the rear.

•The opponent’s left knee will buckle to the ground.

3. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike across the right side of the opponent’s
neck. Your left hand checks high near your right arm pit.

•Take advantage of Gravitational Marriage as you plant and deliver


the right hammerfist strike.

•Your right arm will follow a counterclockwise circle without any loss
of motion from the block.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow


stance and deliver a right back scoop kick to the
opponent’s groin.

•If necessary, you may drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your
right to assume the proper distance.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


253
RETREATING PENDULUM

5. Plant your right foot back and form a right reverse bow
stance buckle between the opponent’s legs. Use the
right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponent’s right leg from behind.

•This action will drive the opponent face downward toward the
ground.

•Some practitioners simultaneously deliver a right rear elbow strike to


the back of the opponent’s head.

•Some practitioners conclude the Base Technique by delivering the


right reverse bow buckle to this opponent’s right hip. This will launch
him forcefully forward onto his stomach.

•Both your right arm and your right leg are orbiting in a
counterclockwise circle but at different points in time.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


8:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


254
RETREATING PENDULUM

EXTENSION
6. Pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance as
you execute a left heel palm claw and grab to the
opponent’s testicles from behind. Your right hand is
checking across his body to this left hip or left shoulder
depending upon his position.

7. Rise upward to form a right neutral bow stance as you


deliver a right back knuckle strike to the opponent’s
right kidney. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a
right forward bow stance as you deliver a left inward heel
palm claw to the left side of his face.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as


you deliver a right inward handsword strike to the right
side of the opponent’s neck.

9. Slide your right foot back to form a right 45-degree cat


stance and deliver a right roundhouse kick to the right
side of the opponent’s face.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


255
TRIPPING ARROW
NAME—In this defense you will utilize a forward bow stance ATTACK
to trip your opponent. Originally a forward bow stance was FRONT
known as a bow and arrow stance which gave rise to the Bear Hug
name of this technique. with arms free

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike Inside
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Downward Heel Stomp Either to Either
Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
12:00
Close Kneel Stance
Two-Finger Poke
Downward Knee Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Green #12
Burdening Orthodox 24 System
Top & Bottom Takedown Blue #12
Diversified Angle of Retraction with foot 32 System
Purple #25
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Dance of Death
FORM LOCATION
Gripping Talon
Dominating Circles None
Falling Falcon
Unfolding the Dark

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


256
TRIPPING ARROW

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 and form a horse
stance as your left hand grabs the opponent’s right
shoulder and pulls downward to control his Height Zones.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward hooking heel palm
strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge.

•By pulling downward on his shoulder you nullify his leverage and
prevent him from delivering a knee or kick. This is also called a
Burdening Check.

•Drive your left elbow downward into his right forearm to further
create an Angle of Disturbance.

•Your right hand contours the opponent’s left arm to deliver the
inward hooking heel palm strike.

2. Circle your right foot clockwise, around and behind the


opponent’s right leg and heavily stomp into a horse
stance to cause a buckle. Simultaneously, your right
hand circles counterclockwise and cocks at your right
shoulder palm upward.

•Use the counterclockwise circle of your right arm to clear the


opponent’s left arm.

3. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and face 9:00 in a


left forward bow stance as you simultaneously deliver a
right thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. As
your opponent falls, contour down his right arm and end
with a grab to his right wrist with your left hand.

•Some practitioners deliver the right thrusting heel palm strike to the
opponent’s chest to facilitate the takedown.

•Pull upward on the opponent’s right arm to prevent him from rolling
away and to control his Width Zone.

4. With the opponent on his back and his head pointing


toward 9:00 pull upward on his right arm as you deliver a
right downward heel stomp to the opponent’s chin.

•If the opponent turns and begins to roll to his left after falling, direct
your heel stomp to his right kidney or ribs.

5. Release his right arm and execute a right front crossover


sweep and stomp kick to his right arm and double cover
out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


257
TRIPPING ARROW

EXTENSION
5. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 (to the left side of his
head) and pivot counterclockwise to drop into a left
close knee stance and drive your right knee downward
into his solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right
two-finger poke to his eyes.

•Depending upon circumstances, the right foot may plant below the
opponent’s right arm.

6. Spring upward and switch in place to form a right close


kneel stance facing 4:30 as you drop your left knee into
his abdomen.

•When you jump switch, plant your right foot to the right side of his
body below his right arm and plant your left foot on the left side of
his body.

7. Stand up and pivot counterclockwise to form a left close


kneel stance facing 1:30 and drop your right knee into
his groin.

8. Spring upward and execute a right front crossover and


double cover out toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


258
FALLEN CROSS
NAME—In this defense, you will cross the opponent’s arms ATTACK
and force them downward (fallen) onto your knee to cause REAR
a hyper-extension or break. Two Hand Choke

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Chokes
Base
Hose Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance Outside
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Front Snapping Ball Kick Right to Either
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
6:00
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Front Thrusting Ball Kick 16 System
Roundhouse Kick 3rd Brown #13
Orthodox 24 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #13
Change-up Point 32 System
Angle of Cancellation Purple #26
Opposing Forces

RELATED TECHNIQUES FORM LOCATION


Circling Wing None
Cross of Destruction
Escape from Death
Thrusting Salute

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


259
FALLEN CROSS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Grab both of the opponent’s wrists with both of your
hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into
your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and
form a horse stance.

•This action should hyper-extend or break the opponent’s thumbs as


you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum.

•Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponent’s arms


downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance
and control his Height Zone.

2. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 and form a


transitional right neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot
counterclockwise and face 4:30 in a left neutral bow
stance as you cross his right arm over his left at or above
his elbows. Simultaneously jerk the opponent’s on a
downward diagonal direction to create and Angle of
Cancellation.

•Some practitioners pivot into a left forward bow stance facing 4:30.

•If you are unable to pull the opponent’s arms free on the intial
move, as you step forward with your right foot, spin your head
counterclockwise under the opponent’s arms to free you from the
choke. Use your neck as a fulcrum to hyper-extend or break his
thumbs.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with
your right foot.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting counterclockwise to


face 4:00 in a left neutral bow stance.

3. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s left


elbow as you pull and force his arms further downward.
Without hesitation and with your right knee against his
left elbow, deliver a right front snapping ball kick to his
groin.

4. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge.
Simultaneously check the opponent’s arms down at his
elbows with your left hand.

•You may also deliver a right inward downward diagonal


sandwiching elbow strike and use your right hip to check his arms
(Third Hand Principle).

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


260
FALLEN CROSS

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


261
FALLEN CROSS

EXTENSION
4. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw hinge.
Simultaneously check the opponent’s arms down at his
elbows with your left hand.

5. Immediately deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm


strike and claw to his jaw and face immediately followed
by a left knee kick to his groin.

6. Plant your left foot forward and form a left neutral bow
stance facing 4:30 and deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw.

•Your left heel palm strike provides cover as you deliver a right front
thrusting ball kick.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward
5:00.

7. Execute a right front thrusting ball kick to the inside of his


right thigh to buckle and force his leg outward.

8. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) down and deliver a


left roundhouse kick to the opponent’s head or any
available target.

9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


262
RETURNING STORM
NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a stick/baton attack. In this defense, FRONT
you will evade the opponent’s first inward attack and Inward Roundhouse
attack into his returning attack as he swings outward. Outward Stick Attack
Combination

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Base
Multiple Attacks
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver (One Man)
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Extended Outward Block Outside
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Upward Lifting Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Extension
Heel Stomp
ATTACK DIRECTION
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 12:00

CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
RELATED TECHNIQUES 16 System
Grasp of Death 3rd Brown #7
Crossing Talon Orthodox 24 System
Obstructing the Storm Blue #14
Defying the Storm
32 System
Leap of Death
Purple #27

FORM LOCATION
None

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


263
RETURNING STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. As the opponent delivers a wild inward horizontal
roundhouse club strike, execute a reverse push-drag
maneuver toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance
facing 1:30. Place both of your arms close to your chest;
positioning them vertically with your fists on top.

•When you shuffle toward 7:30, you are moving toward the Zone of
Sanctuary which causes the club to miss you.

•Some practitioners do not shuffle away. Instead, they step toward


7:30 with their left foot and lean their body toward that direction
(right reverse bow stance toward 1:30) with their right arm hanging
down alongside their right leg and their left hand covering beside
the right side of their face. This position resembles the closing position
in Two Man Set.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated shuffling toward 8:00.

2. As the opponent returns with an outward horizontal club


attack, step forward with your left foot toward 1:30 to
form a left neutral bow stance. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a left inward block simultaneously with a
right extended outward block.

•Have both of your arms strike vertically so that your left forearm
strikes the opponetn’s right elbow joint and your right forearm strikes
his right wrist.

•This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and possibly hyper-
extend or break his elbow.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
left foot.

3. Immediately grab the opponent’s right wrist with your


right hand as you press forward against is elbow with
your left forearm. Simultaneously slide your right foot
clockwise toward 10:30 to form a left neutral bow stance
facing 4:30.

•Keep constant pressure onteh opponent’s elbow. Your rolling action


on his elbow coupled with the Rotational Force of your body should
spiral the opponent down into your next strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


264
RETURNING STORM

4. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick toward 4:30 to the


opponent’s right ribcage.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that this kick should be
directed toward 4:00.

5. Plant your right foot forward to form a right neutral bow


stance facing 4:30 as you check the opponent’s right
arm down by pushing it down and past your right hip
with your left hand. Simultaneously deliver a right upward
lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s
face.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 12:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


11:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


265
RETURNING STORM

EXTENSION
6. Step back with your right foot toward 11:30 and form a
left neutral bow stance as your right hand re-grabs the
opponent’s right wrist and your left hand grabs his right
elbow. Immediately shift your left foot toward 7:30 to
form a left neutral bow stance and force the opponent
face downward onto the ground.

•The opponent’s head will be pointing toward 9:00.

7. While still maintaining the grab with your right hand,


adjust your right foot (gauging leg) and execute a left
heel stomp to the back of the opponent’s neck.

•Depending upon circumstances and angle, you may deliver a left


side kick to his head.

8. Swing your right foot clockwise toward 7:30 (stepping


over the opponent’s body) as you use both arms to pull
the opponent’s right arm to dislocated his right shoulder.

•This maneuver is similar to DOMINATING CIRCLES.

9. Adjust your left leg (gauging leg) toward 7:30 as you


execute a right downward looping roundhouse kick to
the back of the opponent’s head.

•Your left foot may have to hop over the opponent’s body.

•This kick is similar to the kick used in LEAP OF DEATH.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


266
CROSSED TWIGS
NAME—Twig is a term used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an arm. In this technique, you will free REAR
yourself from your opponent’s grasp by utilizing a counter Two Hand
manipulation which crosses your opponent’s arm (twigs). Direct Wrist Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Transitional Reverse Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Outside Right
Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike Right to Either
Wide Kneel Stance
Double Downward Hammering Heel Palm Strikes ATTACK DIRECTION
Upward Knee Kick
6:00
Extension
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance 16 System
Rear Scooping Heel Kick Green #8
Reverse Bow Stance Orthodox 24 System
Rear Heel Palm Strike and Claw Blue #15
Outward Hooking Check 32 System
Inward Overhead Hammering Heel Palm Strike Purple #28
Front Crossover Maneuver
Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
FORM LOCATION
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS Short Form 3
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces
Angle of Cancellation
Continuity of Motion
Matching Counter
Purposeful Defiance
Purposeful Compliance
Borrowed Force
Gravitational Marriage

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spiraling Twig
Wings of Silk
Menacing Twirl
Desperate Falcons
Fatal Cross
Locked Wing
Thundering Hammers

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


267
CROSSED TWIGS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a
transitional right reverse bow stance as you counter grab
both of the opponent’s wrists (right to right and left to
left). As you settle into your stance, pull the opponent
along a downward 45-degree angle toward 1:30.

•By pulling the opponent along this angle, you create an Angle of
Disturbance and an Angle of Cancellation to his Dimensional Zones.

•Some practitioners utilize a left front crossover as the initial step. This
type of stance, however, places you in an unstable position.

2. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as


you deliver a right outward upward diagonal elbow strike
to the opponent’s right jaw. Your hands are still
maintaining their wrist grabs.

•As we turn, we take advantage of the opponent’s reaction to pull


back and utilize the following principles: Purposeful Defiance,
Purposeful Compliance, and Borrowed Force.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an outward horizontal elbow


strike, but this would not necessarily follow the angle in which your
arms are located. It would require a cocking motion thus creating
an “and then”.

3. Continue to pivot clockwise and form a right forward


bow stance facing 6:00 and cross the opponent’s arms.

•Your right arm pulls the opponent’s arm in an outward downward


diagonal direction (Angle of Cancellation) crossing it over his left
arm. Your left hand is pulling his left arm below the level of your
buttocks. You may utilize your buttocks to anchor his arm. Your
buttocks are utilized as a means of anchoring his arm.

•There should be no hesitation between Steps 2 and 3. They should


flow in one continuous flow of action.

•Do not pull the opponent’s right arm horizontally across as this may
invite an accidental strike (his elbow to your face). You must pull him
along the Angle of Cancellation.

4. Release your right hand and circle your right arm


counterclockwise to deliver a right inward overhead
elbow strike to the opponent’s upper spine.
Simultaneous with the elbow strike, drop your body into a
right wide kneel stance to take advantage of
Gravitational Marriage.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


268
CROSSED TWIGS

5. Release your left hand and execute double downward


hammering heel palm strikes to the opponent’s left
kidney and ribs simultaneously with a left upward knee
kick to his rib cage.

•Immediately after your heel palm strikes, grab and pinch the
opponent’s left kidney and ribs with both hands.

6. Replant your left foot to point of origin and execute a


right front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


269
CROSSED TWIGS

EXTENSION
6. After your left knee kick to the opponent’s right rib cage,
immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to his rib
cage. Without loss of motion, and with your right leg still
in the air, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the
opponent’s left knee.

•These kicks should be executed in a Chicken Kick fashion.

•Your right foot scrapes down the opponent’s shin and ends in a right
netural bow stance (transitional). This kick is meant to control the
opponent’s height zone.

7. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 in a transitional right


neutral bow stance and immediately bounce it off the
ground and execute a right rear scooping heel kick to
the opponent’s left jaw.

8. From your right rear scoop kick, plant your right leg
toward 3:00 (gauging leg) and immediately pivot
counterclockwise and slide your left foot toward 6:30 to
form a left reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of
your opponent’s right knee. Simultaneously execute a
left rear heel palm strike and claw to the opponent’s
groin. Your right hand is checking high.

•Your right hand may also act as a claw to the opponent’s face if
circumstances allow.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow


stance as you deliver a left outward hooking check
(palm up) on the opponent’s shoulder. Immediately
deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s jaw
as you simultaneously strike with a right inward overhead
hammering heel palm strike to create a sandwiching
effect.

10. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and


immediately execute a left front crossover toward 1:30 as
you execute a left outward downward diagonal heel
palm strike and claw to the opponent’s face.

11. Execute a double cover out toward 1:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


270
TWIST OF FATE
NAME—This defense receives its name from the manner in ATTACK
which you grab and twist the opponent’s arms and force FRONT
him to the ground. Two Hand Push

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Pushes
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Twin Extended Outward Blocks Inside
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Slicing Heel Kick (step through) POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Reverse Push Drag Maneuver Left to Right
Knee Kick
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
12:00
Forward Bow Stance
Twin Inward Heel Palm Strikes
Twin Ripping Claws CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Twin Inverted Hooks 16 System
Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strikes 3rd Brown #2
Twin Inward Two-finger Hooks Orthodox 24 System
Twin Downward Thrusting Handsword Strikes Blue #16
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 32 System
Front Crossover Stomp Blue #8
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation FORM LOCATION
Angle of Disturbance None

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Cross of Destruction
Thrusting Wedge
Encounter with Danger
Leap from Danger
Courting the Tiger
Circling Destruction
Fallen Cross

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


271
TWIST OF FATE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponent’s wrists. Immediately have both hands
grab his wrists.

2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist


stance to begin twisting his arm and controlling them
downward. Immediately deliver a right step through
slicing heel kick to the opponent’s lower right rib cage.

•The rotating twist stance enables you to simultaneously control the


opponent and align for the kick.

3. Pivot your body 180-degrees counterclockwise and twist


his arm and cross them counterclockwise over your left
shoulder as you plant your right foot toward 11:00.
Immediately pivot counterclockwise and face 6:00 in a
left neutral bow stance.

4. Execute a reverse push drag maneuver as you force the


opponent’s arms forward, down, and back toward you
to whip his body so that he ends up almost horizontal to
the ground, face upward.

•Keep the opponent’s left arm vertical to act as a fulcrum against his
right elbow.

5. With your opponent about to fall to the ground, continue


to pull the opponent toward you as you deliver a right
knee kick to his upper spine.

•Pull the opponent upward to align the target for your knee kick.

6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left


front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward


11:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


272
TWIST OF FATE

EXTENSION
6. Plant forward and form a right forward bow stance and
deliver right and left inward heel palm strikes to his ears.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you execute right and left double ripping
claws through his face.

8. Cross your left wrist over your right wrist and rotate your
hands downward (thumbs down). Pivot clockwise to
form a right forward bow stance and set third and fourth
fingers in to his eyes (right hand to left eye; left hand to
right eye).

9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance and execute twin inverted hooks to the
opponent’s eyes.

10. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as


you deliver right and left inward downward diagonal
handsword strikes to his neck.

11. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver right and left inward two-finger
hooks to his eyes.

12. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as


you deliver right and left downward thrusting handsword
strikes to the sides of his neck.

•These strikes are delivered to his trapezius muscles and begins to


force hiim away from you.

13. Deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the back of


your opponent to force him forward onto his face.
Without hesitation, execute a right front crossover stomp
to his left ankle or knee and double cover out toward
12:00.

•Your left foot may gauge accordingly for distance.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


273
FLASHING MACE
NAME—The term mace is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
represent a fist. In this technique, you will use your fist in a FRONT
whirling (flashing) manner. Right step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Step Through Maneuver Outside
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Left to right
Inward Palm Bracing Angle Check
Upward Hooking Check
ATTACK DIRECTION
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Strike 12:00

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Reverse Bow Stance 16 System
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike 3rd Brown #3
Upward Heel Palm Strike Orthodox 24 System
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike Blue #17
Shovel Kick 32 System
Spinning Low Back Heel Kick/Stomp
Purple #29
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Continuous circles FORM LOCATION
Zone of Obscurity None

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Glancing Salute
Broken Gift
The Ram and the Eagle
Circling the Storm

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


274
FLASHING MACE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward block.
Simultaneously cock your right arm above your right
shoulder (palm out).

•Your left knee positionally checks the opponent’s right knee.

•Your right arm is cocked in a vertical outward block manner. You


can use this motion to create a fulcrum on the opponent’s right
elbow by allowing it to strike his inner wrist. This action will control his
Dimensional Zones and place his head in position for the next strike.

2. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 (forward step


through maneuver) and form a right transitional neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward
diagonal back knuckle rake to the opponent’s right
cheek bone or temple. Your left hand will positionally
check.

•This action will cause the opponent’s head to be driven back.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00.

3. Without hesitation, pivot counterclockwise 180-degrees


to form a left neutral bow stance facing 4:30 as you
deliver a left outward horizontal back knuckle strike to
the opponent’s right lower ribcage. Simultaneously your
right hand executes an inward palm bracing angle
check against his right upper arm.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting to face 4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


275
FLASHING MACE

4. With your right hand, heck the opponent’s right arm


down and pin it against his body. Immediately deliver a
left upward hooking check (like a waiter carrying a tray)
on top of the opponent's right arm. Drop and form a left
wide kneel stance as you continue the counterclockwise
motion of your right arm and deliver a right inward
overhead looping back knuckle strike to the opponent’s
face or left temple.

•Utilize Gravitational Marriage with this strike.

•Your right fist will be inverted (thumb-side pointing downward).

•Your left knee acts as a check against his right knee and may also
be used as a buckle.

•Take advantage of Borrowed Force by striking the opponent as he


reacts to the left back knuckle strike.

•Your left hand contours down the opponent’s body. This action will
bring the opponent’s ehad down into your right inward overhead
looping back knuckle strike.

6. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


10:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


276
FLASHING MACE

EXTENSION
6. As you are completing your right inward overhead
looping back knuckle strike, spin or pivot clockwise and
form a right reverse bow stance toward 4:30 to buckle
the back of the opponent’s right knee. As you are
completing this motion, loop your right arm
counterclockwise and deliver a right outward downward
diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponent’s jaw.

•Your right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike contours


the angle of his jaw.

7. As the opponent begins to fall, switch your right reverse


bow stance (which has now become a left forward bow
stance) into a left wide kneel stance as you deliver a left
upward heel palm strike to the opponent's back or neck
as he falls.

8. Immediately slide your left foot toward 7:30 and form a


right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal hammerfist strike to his mid-section
as he falls.

•The opponent will land on his back with his head pointing toward
10:00.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot back to
7:00.

9. Shuffle forward with your left foot (gauging leg) and


deliver a right shovel kick.

•The ball of your right foot will strike his nose and the heel of your foot
will strike his jaw.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


(gauging leg) and deliver a left spinning low back heel
kick or stomp to his head.

•Depending upon circumstances a right front crossover may not be


necessary. In such instances, you can simply plant your right foot to
the side of his head.

•Angle and distance will dictate whether you deliver a back heel kick
or a back heel stomp.

11. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 7:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


277
GIFT OF DESTINY
NAME—The term gift is used in self defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an aggressive handshake attack. In FRONT
this technique, after counter manipulation, the fate (destiny) Handshake
of your opponent is in your hands.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Inside Right
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Wrist Lock POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike Right to Right
Front Snapping Ball Kick
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 12:00
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Vertical Punch
Inward Upward Diagonal Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Rear Twist Stance 3rd Brown #5
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike Orthodox 24 System
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Blue #18
Reverse Bow Stance 32 System
Back Hammerfist Strike Blue #5
Thrusting Knee Kick
FORM LOCATION
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
None
Contact Penetration
Contact Manipulation
Pivot Point
Leveraging
Angle of Disturbance
Locking

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twisted Twig
Spiraling Twig
Thrusting Lance
Capturing the Rod
Spiraling Twig

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


278
GIFT OF DESTINY

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Some practioners perform the 1. Counter grab the opponent’s right hand with your left
opening two sequences in the hand and step toward 12:00 with your right foot to form a
following manner: right neutral bow stance and buckle the inside of his right
Step 1
knee. Simultaneous with this action, pull the opponent’s
With your left hand, strike down right arm toward your left hip to control his Dimensional
on top of the opponent’s right Zones. As you settle into your stance, deliver a right
wrist to create an Angle of inward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus.
Disturbance to control his
Dimensional Zones (your left hand
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 to
will be in a push-down position).
ensure the leg buckle.
Immediately step forward with
your right foot and form a right
•Some practitioners prefix the left countergrab with a left inward
netural bow stance and buckle
roundhousing middle knuckle fist strike. This is designed to create a
the inside of the opponent’s right
mental distraction thereby enabling the counter manipulation and
knee as you deliver a right inward
control of the opponent.
horizontal elbow strike to this solar
plexus. The action of pushing
down on the opponent’s arm 2. Circle your right hand counterclockwise while contouring
also gives you the target for your the opponent’s right fingers with the palm of your right
elbow strike. hand. Your fingers will be pointing upward with your
thumb pointing downward. Your left hand maintains its
Step 2
Contour the opponent’s body
grip on the opponent’s right wrist.
and deliver a right upward
flapping elbow strike. •As you circle your right hand counterclockwise, you may take
advantage of this motion and insert a right upward flapping elbow
strike to the opponent’s chin/face. The flapping elbow strike is used
to further distract the opponent as you establish the hold for the wrist
lock.

3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance. With your right hand, twist the
opponent’s wrist clockwise (the opponent’s wrist will end
palm upward). Simultaneous with this action, your left
hand turns counterclockwise and ends palm upward
(your left palm is used as a pivot point for the opponent’s
right wrist. Your left hand re-grips and applies an inward
wrist lock against the opponent’s right hand.

•As you settle into your left neutral bow stance, you right hand
chambers in preparation for the next strike.

•By re-gripping with your left hand, you are able to increase the
torque on the opponent’s wrist.

•Your right hand is actually executing a finger lock as it twists.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


279
GIFT OF DESTINY

4. Deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the back of


the opponent’s right wrist.

•Deliver the thrusting heel palm strike along a line directed toward
1:30. Your right heel palm should make contact on the back of the
opponent’s right hand near the knuckle of his index finger.

•After the heel palm strike, your right hand checks and controls the
opponent’s right elbow.

5. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the


opponent’s solar plexus

6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin. Execute a left front


crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


280
GIFT OF DESTINY

EXTENSION
6. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal
back knuckle strike to the opponent’s right jaw hinge.
Follow through with your right back knuckle strike and
pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as
you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponent’s right
jaw hinge.

•Some practitioners add a right upward lifting back knuckle strike to


the opponent’s face as you plant forward. This natural motion
(similar to the ending sequence in SPIRALING TWIG) moves the
opponent’s head in a more suitable position for the right outward
back knuckle strike to his jaw hinge.

•The right outward back knuckle strike is often delivered in an


outward downward diagonal direction.

7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver a right inward upward diagonal stiff
arm back knuckle strike to the opponent’s face. Follow
through with the action of your right hand to the left side
of your face.

8. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 behind your right leg to
form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward
horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s jaw. Follow
through with this action.

9. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right inward


horizontal elbow strike to the opponent’s left jaw.
Continue pivoting counterclockwise 360 degrees and
deliver a left outward elbow strike to the left side of the
opponent’s jaw.

•You may deliver a left outward horizontal handsword strike to the


opponent’s throat if circumstances dictate.

10. Slide your left foot toward 9:00 and form a left reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s right
knee as you simultaneously deliver a left back
hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


281
GIFT OF DESTINY

11. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left


forward bow stance and deliver a right thrusting heel
palm strike to the opponent’s jaw. Immediately follow
this strike with a right thrusting knee kick to his groin.

•You may deliver a right thrusting ball kick to the opponent’s groin or
bladder if circumstances dictate.

12. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


282
WINGS OF SILK
NAME—The term wings is used symbolically in self-defense ATTACK
techniques to represent the elbows. In this defense, you will REAR
slip out of the opponent’s lock as if you were taking off a Two Arm Lock
jacket lined with silk. (akimbo)

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Stomp Kick DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Back Obscure Elbow Strike Outside
Back Scooping Heel Kick
360-Degree Counterclockwise Twirl Foot Maneuver POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Fighting Horse Stance Right to Either
Uppercut Forearm Strike
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
6:00
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Roundhouse Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Inward Heel Palm Strike 16 System
Forward Bow Stance Green #13
Two-Hand Left Outward Bent Arm Wrist Lock Orthodox 24 System
Thrusting Knee Kick Blue #19
Fighting Horse Stance 32 System
Upward (palm up) Heel Palm Strike Purple #31
Outward Hooking Parry
Outward Horizontal Finger Slice
FORM LOCATION
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick Short Form 3
Long Form 3
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Locking

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locked Wing
Conquering Shield
Dominating Circles
Thrusting Lance
Broken Rod

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


283
WINGS OF SILK

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Deliver a left stomp kick to the opponent’s left instep as
you simultaneously use your left hand to pinch the nerve
located on the crest of his left hip.

•The left downward stomp kick and the nerve pinch are used as
distraction techniques. They are pre-fixes to the defensive sequence.

•Scrape down the opponent’s left shin as you deliver the downward
stomp kick to his instep.

•The opponent will react to the stomp by lifting his left leg. To control
this action and prevent an unintentional knee kick, your left hand
also checks his left leg.

•The left stomp also drops your height which assists in controlling his
Height Zone.

2. Slip your right arm out of the opponent’s right arm as you
deliver a right back obscure elbow strike to the
opponent’s chin. Simultaneously execute a right back
scooping heel kick to his groin.

•Use your right hand to grab and deliver a right rear upward vertical
claw to his groin as you simultaneously deliver the obscure elbow
strike.

3. Begin your 360–degree counterclockwise twirl foot


maneuver by stepping with your right foot toward 9:00
(short step). At this point your right arm completely slips
out of the opponent’s grip and your left arm pins his left
arm against your body.

4. Continue twirling counterclockwise and plant your left


foot toward 9:00 and form a right fighting horse stance
facing 3:00 as you simultaneously deliver a right uppercut
forearm strike against the opponent’s left elbow. Your
left arm grabs his left wrist and anchors his left arm
against your left hip to accentuate the effect of the
uppercut forearm strike.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


9:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


284
WINGS OF SILK

EXTENSION
5. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance
facing 3:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back
knuckle strike through his left ribcage.

6. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the back of his left


knee as you simultaneously execute a right inward heel
palm strike to the back of his head.

•Allow your right hand to follow through with its action over the top of
his left arm.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right inward heel palm
strike the back of his left elbow.

7. Grab his left hand with both of your hands and prepare
for an outward wrist lock as your right foot plants down in
front of his left foot.

•Your right foot may scrape and stomp the opponent’s left ankle as
you plant.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 4:30 as you deliver a two-hand left outward bent
arm wrist lock and immediately deliver a left thrusting
knee kick to his groin.

9. Plant your left foot toward 11:00 and form a right fighting
horse stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a right upward
(palm up) heel palm strike to his right elbow as your left
hand pushes down on his arm.

•This action creates a fulcrum on the opponent’s left shoulder.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a right clockwise wrap around
the opponent’s left arm in a motion similar to CONTROLLED WING to
execute a right direct snaking bent arm lever against his left arm.
This method is effective but it is difficult to flow to the next strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


285
WINGS OF SILK

10. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance


facing 4:30 as you clear the opponent’s left arm from the
inside with a right outward hooking parry. Continue to
pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance
facing 4:30 as you deliver a right outward horizontal
finger slice across his eye and immediately follow with a
left thrusting heel palm strike to the opponent’s jaw.
Without hesitation, follow with a left thrusting knee kick to
his groin followed by a left front snapping ball kick to his
groin.

•The knee and kick occur in the same continuous motion.

11. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


286
GRIPPING TALON
NAME—The term talon is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a wrist grab. In this technique, your FRONT
opponent grabs (grips) your right wrist with his left hand. Left Direct Wrist Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Grabs and Tackles
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike Outside Left
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike Right to Left
Rear Crossover Maneuver
Reverse Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Inner Wrist Strike
12:00
Upward Knee Kick

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Front Twist Stance 16 System
Forward Bow Stance 3rd Brown #17
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike Orthodox 24 System
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike Blue #20
Sweeping Scoop Kick 32 System
Front Crossover Stomp Blue #1
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Opposing Forces FORM LOCATION
Angle of Disturbance NONE
Third Hand

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Flashing Wings
Glancing Spear
Reversing Mace
Circling Destruction
Thundering Hammers

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


287
GRIPPING TALON

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Begin to orbit your right arm in a counterclockwise circle.
At the apex of the circle, counter-grab the opponent’s
left wrist with your left hand. Step forward with your right
foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance.
Pull your right arm free and deliver a right outward
downward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s groin.

•The purpose of circling your right arm in a counterclockwise circle is


to momentarily control your opponent’s wide zone and prevent him
from striking with his right hand.

•The counter-grab with your left hand first acts as a pinning check
before grabbing downward.

•Your right hand acts as a fulcrum against the opponent’s left wrist.

•When you step forward with your right foot, step inside of his left foot
to prepare for a leg buckle.

•Time your right outward downward hammerfist strike to occur as you


settle into your stance.

•Use your left hand to pull and anchor the opponent’s left arm
outward and downward on a 45-degree angle to control his
dimensional zones. Utilize your chest as a fulcrum point to apply
pressure to his left elbow.

2. Immediately deliver with a right inward horizontal elbow


strike to his left rib cage and follow with a right outward
horizontal elbow strike (palm down) to his rib cage.

•Follow through with the action of your elbows.

•The right outward horizontal elbow strike should flow immediately to


Step 3 without hesitation.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


288
GRIPPING TALON

3. In the same continuous motion, deliver a right outward


horizontal back knuckle strike (follow through) to the
opponent’s left rib cage as you simultaneously cross
behind your right leg with your left foot toward 1:30.
Immediately complete your left rear crossover as you
slide your right leg back to form a right reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left leg as
you simultaneously deliver a right inward downward
diagonal looping inner wrist strike to his right mastoid
bone.

•Your left hand continues to pull the opponent’s left arm downward
and to your left to control the opponent’s Dimensional Zones as well
as to allow you a clear shot for the next move.

•Coordinate your left hand to yank and pull your opponent’s left arm
with the right reverse bow sweep and right looping inner wrist strike.

•As you cross behind with your left foot, use your body to bump the
opponent and shift his weight to his right side. This will facilitate the
action of the leg buckle.

•Your right hand contours the opponent’s back toward its intended
target.

4. Deliver a right upward knee kick to the opponent’s face.

•Use your right hand to force the opponent’s head down into the
strike and to act as a backstop for the upward force of the knee
kick.

•Time your kick to occur as the opponent is falling forward to take


advantage of Borrowed Force.

•Your knee contours the inside of his body toward its intended target.

5. Execute a right front crossover and deliver a right inward


downward heel palm strike to the opponent’s right
elbow.

•Use your left hand to keep the opponent’s arm up and to increase
the effectiveness of your strike to his elbow.

6. Execute a double cover out toward 4:30.

•Forcefully throw the opponent’s arm down and toward him as you
cover.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


289
GRIPPING TALON

EXTENSION
5. After your right knee kick and with your right leg still in the
air, cross your right leg behind your left and plant toward
4:30 to form a left front twist stance. Simultaneously,
reach across with your right hand and grab his face
(right side of his jaw). Immediately pivot clockwise and
form a left neutral bow stance as you anchor your right
elbow.

•These combined actions will spin the opponent around and over
with his back resting on your left knee.

•Your left hand maintains its grab to his left wrist.

•Use your right arm as a fulcrum to control your opponent.

6. Immediately slide your left foot back toward 4:30 and


form a right neutral bow stance facing 10:30.

•Your right hand maintains a grip under his jaw (palm upward) and
forces the oppoent onto your right knee.

7. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as


you deliver a left inward overhead hammerfist strike to
the left ribcage of the opponent.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike to the opponent’s sternum.

•Prior to releasing your right hand for the strike your left hand slides up
and continues to control his height zone by pulling upward on the
opponent’s chin.

9. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a right


reverse bow stance (left forward bow stance facing 6:00)
and force the opponent to the ground with a right stiff
arm lifting back knuckle strike to his chin.

10. Without hesitation and as the opponent falls to the


ground, deliver a right sweeping scoop kick to his chin.
Finish with a right front crossover stomp to any available
target on the face.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicates delivering a knife-edge stomp (side stomp) or a scoop
stomp.

11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


290
GATHERING CLOUDS
NAME—The term clouds is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
represent overlapping circles. This technique utilizes inward FRONT
overlapping circles for the initial defensive action. Right step through
punch

BASICS
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Base Punches
Modified Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Horizontal Vertical Middle-Knuckle Fist Rake Outside
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike Right to right
Front Scoop Kick
Inward Two-Finger Hook
ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension 12:00
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Spinning Back Kick CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick 16 System
Reverse Bow Stance 3rd Brown #10
Front Rotating Twist Stance Orthodox 24 System
Outward Back Knuckle Strike Blue #21
Inward Heel Palm Claw 32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purple #32
Angle of Deflection
Elastic Recoil FORM LOCATION
Ratcheting Form 4
Angle of Disturbance
Zone of Obscurity

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Hugging Pendulum
Bow of Compulsion
Circles of Protection
Taming the Mace

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


291
GATHERING CLOUDS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a
modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal
vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponent’s
right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your
right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal
handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney.
Your left hand checks his right arm.

•Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may


also be delivered to his arm.

•Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the
left foot.

2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you
settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing
angle check against his right elbow.

•When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry.

•This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and cause him to
bend further at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and
12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.

3. Pin the opponent’s right arm against his body with your
left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to
his left eye.

•By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you
to contour toward the target.

•This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.

4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back
toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


292
GATHERING CLOUDS

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a
modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal
vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponent’s
right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your
right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal
handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney.
Your left hand checks his right arm.

•Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may


also be delivered to his arm.

•Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the
left foot.

2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you
settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing
angle check against his right elbow.

•When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry.

•This action will disturb the opponent’s balance and cause him to
bend further at the waist.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and
12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.

3. Pin the opponent’s right arm against his body with your
left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to
his left eye.

•By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you
to contour toward the target.

•This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.

4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back
toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


293
GATHERING CLOUDS

EXTENSION
4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. While checking with your left
hand, execute a right front snapping ball kick to the
opponent’s groin. Plant your right foot (gauging leg)
down and follow with a left front snapping ball kick to his
chin.

•This kicks are delivered in a chicken kick fashion.

5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and pivot clockwise


and deliver a right spinning back kick to the opponent’s
right knee.

6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) beside your left foot
and turn counterclockwise to deliver a left thrusting knife
edge kick to the inside of the opponent’s left knee.

7. Plant your left foot toward the opponent and form a left
reverse bow stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise
and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a
left outward back knuckle strike followed by a right
inward heel palm claw to the opponent's head and
face.

8. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as


you deliver a left inward heel palm claw to the
opponent’s face. Continue the flow of motion and
deliver a left back kick to any available opening.

•Stay low as you kick with your left foot.

9. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover hop


onto a right one legged stance and guard with your left
open hand low and your right hand above your head.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the ending as follows:

“From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover


hop onto a right one-legged stance and guard with
your left open hand low an dyour ight hand above
your head.”

From this position, you would survey and assess any further threats
before exiting on the Angle of Departure. This ending is generally not
practiced by most modern practitioners.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


294
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
NAME—The name of this defense is derived from the twin ATTACK
strikes that occur before the defensive action. FRONT
Two Hand Choke
pulling in
BASICS
Base WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Neutral Bow Stance Chokes
Overhead Punch/Uppercut Punch Combination
Modified Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Block Outside
Inward Downward Block (palm down)
Horizontal Finger Thrust
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Horse Stance
Right to Either
Horizontal Thrust Punch

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Upward Vertical Hooking Heel Kick 12:00
Reverse Bow Stance
Uppercut Forearm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Half Nelson Throw 16 System
Close Kneel Stance Green #6
Downward Knee Kick
Orthodox 24 System
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Blue #22
Ball of Foot Kick
Half Fist Strike 32 System
Front Scooping Ball of Foot Kick Blue #6
Front Stomp Kick
Back Kick FORM LOCATION
Inward Sweep Kick Short Form 3
Rear Stomp Kick Long Form 3
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purposeful Compliance
Angle of Cancellation
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Begging Hands
Snaking Talon
Blinding Sacrifice
Circling Fans
Fatal Cross
Protecting Fans

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


295
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

BASE TECHNIQUE
•This defense can be used 1. As the opponent pulls you forward, step toward 12:00
against a choke or a two-hand with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance
lapel grab pulling in. simultaneously deliver a left overhead punch (palm
down) to the opponent’s face with a right uppercut
punch (palm up) to his groin or stomach.

•Both punches form the shape of a “U” that looks as if it is on its side.
They act as checks by controlling his Depth Zone.

•Keep your back and head erect during the execution of these
strikes.

2. Slide your right foot to the right toward 1:30 and form a
modified right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right
inward block to the outside of the opponent’s left arm
and a left inward downward block (palm down) to the
top of his right arm.

•Your left arm weaves between the opponent’s arm to assist in


breaking the grip. Some practitioners do not weave but have the left
arm pass beneath both arms and clear outward horizontallywith a
vertical outward block.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
2:00.

3. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 1:30 as you deliver a left vertical outward block to
the outside of the opponent’s left arm. Simultaneously
cock your right fist palm upward at your right hip.

•This action turns the opponent’s body clockwise.

•The motion of your arms in Steps 2 and 3 demonstrate the Double


Factor Principle applied to two arms simultaneously.

•If you grab the opponet’s left wrist with your right hand and deliver
the left vertical outward block against the opponent’s left arm, an
arm wrench may be applied against his left elbow.

4. While in your right forward bow stance, deliver a left


horizontal finger thrust to the opponent’s eyes.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


296
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

5. Pivot clockwise and form a horse stance as you deliver a


right horizontal thrust punch to the opponent’s left
ribcage (toward 10:30). Simultaneously your left hand
grabs the upper part of the opponent’s left arm and
tracks downward to end with a wrist grab. Once the
grab is made the opponent’s arm is pulled diagonally
down past your left hip creating an Angle of
Cancellation.

•The opponent will react to the pain in his eyes by lifting his hand to
hold the injured area. We take advantage of this natural reaction
and grab the wrist. The grab to his left wrist is tracked along his arm
to give a greater margin for error.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
5:00 and then executing an Angle of Departure toward 5:00. The
1987 IKKA Studio Manual did not mention this angle adjustment.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


297
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

EXTENSION
6. Drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot
and deliver a right upward vertical hooking heel kick to
the opponent’s groin.

7. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponent’s left
leg. Simultaneously deliver a right uppercut forearm strike
to the opponent’s left elbow.

8. Reach under the opponent’s head and hook your right


hand around the right side of his neck. Drag your left foot
(gauging leg) toward your right foot and immediately
shoot your right foot back into a right reverse bow stance
as you jerk his head downward and flip him onto his
back with his feet pointing toward 7:00. This is known as a
half nelson throw.

•You may execute a right vertical heel kick to the opponent’s groin
as your left leg drags toward your right leg. This will cause the
opponent to react by bending forward and assist with the
takedown.

9. With the opponent on his back and his head between


your feet, drop into a right close kneel stance facing 9:00
as you deliver a left downward knee kick to his left
clavicle or neck.

10. Stand up and step over his head with your left foot and
plant it on the right side of his body forming a left front
rotating twist stance. Immediately continue pivoting
counterclockwise and deliver a right ball of foot kick to
the opponent’s groin.

•Your left foot may stomp on his right rib cage as you cross.

11. Drop your weight and form a left close kneel stance
facing 1:30 as you deliver a right downward knee kick to
the opponent’s solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver
a right half fist strike to his throat. Your left hand is
covering.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


298
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS

12. Spring upward and deliver a right front scooping ball of


foot kick through the opponent’s face followed
immediately by a right front stomp kick to his face.

•You may utilize a right one-legged stance while stomping the


opponent’s face and then hopping forward off his head.

13. Plant your right foot above his head and hop forward
onto your right foot to gauge for distance. Deliver a left
back kick to the opponent’s head.

14. Plant your left foot toward 9:00 and pivot


counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance.
Continue the pivot to deliver a right inward sweep kick
across the opponent’s face. Continue spinning and
plant your right foot near your left foot and deliver a left
rear stomp kick to the right side of his neck.

15. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


299
BROKEN RAM
NAME—The term ram is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an attempted tackle. In this FRONT
technique, you will apply a counter measure which may Tackle
break or dislocate the opponent’s arm.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Inside Left
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Reverse Bow Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Uppercut Break Right to Either
Rear Scoop Kick
Outward Back Knuckle Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike 12:00
Extension
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Upward Outward Diagonal Claw
Inward Upward Diagonal Claw 16 System
Upward Knee Kick 3rd Brown #18
Knife Edge Kick Orthodox 24 System
Rear Spinning Scoop Kick Blue #23
Back Thrust Kick 32 System
Blue #7
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Angle of Deviation
FORM LOCATION
Angle of Disturbance
None
Breaking/Locking
Bumping/buckling
Angular Attack (zone of obscurity)

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locked Wing
Charging Ram
Wings of Silk
Obscure Claws
Intercepting the Ram

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


300
BROKEN RAM

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Some instructors teach this 1. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 to form a right neutral
technique by sliding to 4:30 rather bow stance. Use your left hand to guide and control the
than 3:00. Keep in mind that the opponent’s left shoulder. Deliver a right inward overhead
purpose of adjusting your angle is
to take your off the line of attack
hammerfist strike as you settle into your stance.
and properly position yourself for
your counter offensive. With this •A handsword strike may be used in place of the hammerfist. The
consideration in mind, these principle is the same regardless of the weapon used, but one
angles are merely guidelines as weapon may fit better than another under certain circumstances.
you will have to adjust your angle
according to the speed, 2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right reverse bow
distance, and position of your
stance as you deliver a right uppercut break against his
opponent.
left elbow.
•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
had the defender begin in a right •This action will redirect his momentum from a forward motion to
neutral bow stance. After moving diagonally downward motion.
off the line of attack, the
defender delivered a right •You must be firmly rooted in your reverse bow stance to prevent him
outward downward parry to the from disrupting your balance.
inside of the opponent’s left arm.
The rest remained the same with •You should time your uppercut break to occur as you solidify your
the right arm orbiting AFTER the base.
scoop is made.
•A left inward heel palm claw to the opponent’s face may be inserted
to occur simultaneously with the uppercut break.

3. Execute a right rear scoop kick to his groin (gauge with


your left leg as necessary). As you gauge, deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to his rib cage.

4. Finish by forming a right reverse bow stance to buckle his


left leg. Simultaneous with the buckle, deliver a right
outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the
side of his jaw.

•Some practitioners vary the timing between these two final strikes.
Some will keep the opponent’s arm wrapped as they gauge and
execute the scoop kick. Only AFTER the scoop is executed will they
release and orbit the right arm for the hammerfist strike. Other
practitioners begin the right arm’s orbit AS the left leg is gauging for
the scoop. Each have their own advantages and disadvantages. The
first creates an “and then” thus increasing the time of the technique
but maintains a greater degree of control over the opponent. The
second sacrifices some control but decreases the time of the
technique while relying solely upon the left hand for control.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


301
BROKEN RAM

EXTENSION
•This extension demonstrates a 5. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance
method of controlling the facing 12:00 as you deliver a right upward outward
opponent by following his diagonal claw to the opponent’s face immediately
upward motion with claws which
are designed to blind and
followed by a left inward upward diagonal claw. Your
distract him; thus, giving the right hand checks the opponent’s shoulder to control his
defender the time needed to width immediately following its clawing action.
initiate his retaliatory strikes
designed to regain control of the
6. Execute a left upward knee kick to the opponent’s groin
opponent’s height and width
zones. followed by a right upward knee kick to his solar plexus
or ribs. Immediately deliver a right knife-edge kick to the
inside of the opponent’s right knee.

•The knees are to be executed in a chicken kick fashion.

•There should be no time delay between your right knee and the
knife edge kick. The motion of bringing your right knee up is integral
to the proper execution of the knife-edge kick. We are simply taking
advantage of this “cocking” motion (Sophisticated Basics). This
concept appears again in the final kick.

7. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 (gauging leg) and


deliver a left rear spinning scoop kick to the opponent’s
jaw immediately followed by a left back thrust kick to
any available opening (Sophisticated Basic).

8. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


302
CIRCLING THE HORIZON
NAME—The term horizon is used in self-defense techniques ATTACK
to symbolically represent the maximum distance that your FRONT
leg can reach while in place. In this defense, you will use Right step through
circular footwork maneuvers to allow you to cross travel punch
around this horizon.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Outside
Inward Parry
45-Degree Cat Stance
Thrusting Vertical Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Neutral Bow Stance Right to right
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Close Kneel Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Chopping Hammerfist Strike 12:00
Underhand Reverse Hammerfist Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension
16 System
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike 3rd Brown #16
Front Snapping Ball Kick Orthodox 24 System
Downward Heel Stomp Blue #24
Spinning Back Heel Stomp 32 System
Blue #3
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Form 5
Shield and Mace
Gathering Clouds
Circling Fans
Destructive Fans
Leaping Crane

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


303
CIRCLING THE HORIZON

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 as you defend with a
left inward parry. Immediately slide your right foot toward
your left foot and form a right 45-degree cat stance.
Your right hand circles from Point of Origin to first cover
past your groin and then tracks over your left wrist to
deliver a right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to
the opponent’s right cheek bone.

•Some practitioners time the right thrusting vertical back knuckle


strike to occur as they settle into the right netural bow stance while
other time it when they are in the right 45-degree cat stance.
Distance and circumstances will determine your choice of action.

•Your right fist will be slightly inverted and angled along the 1:30-7:30
line to fit the target. This action will cause the opponent’s head to
snap back.

2. Immediately step forward to the outside of the


opponent’s right leg with your right leg and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 1:30. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike to
his right lower rib cage as your left hand acts as a
bracing angle check to his right arm.

•If you time the right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to occur
with stepping forward into your right neutral bow stance, then you
must settle into your stance as you deliver the right inward horizontal
elbow strike. This may also be delivered as a collapsing elbow strike.

•The action of your right foot sliding to a 45-degree cat stance and
then forward to a right neutral bow stance is also called a “C-Step”
maneuver or a “crescent step”.

•This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

3. Drop into a right close kneel stance and deliver a right


chopping hammerfist strike to the back of the
opponent’s right knee to cause a buckle.

•Your may also deliver a right outward downward diagonal


handsword strike to the back of the opponent’s right knee. In either
case, your right hand will contour the back of his leg.

4. Follow through with your right hand and deliver a right


underhand reverse hammerfist strike to the opponent’s
groin.

•Some practitioners utilize a right underhand reverse handsword strike


to the opponent’s groin. In either case, your right hand will contour
the front of his leg.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 9:00.
Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
304
CIRCLING THE HORIZON

EXTENSION
•Alternate versions of the final 5. Drop onto your left knee and immediately thrust your
kicking sequence are as follows: right leg back toward 5:00 (a left forward bow stance on
the ground) to sweep the opponent’s legs as you
VERSION 1
Step 7
simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
Pull your right foot off his body his solar plexus toward 11:00.
and plant it to the outside of his
right hip. Stand up and slide your •Your right hand and right leg move in opposite directions to cause
left foot (gauging leg) toward the takedown. The opponent will fall perpendicular to your body.
your right foot. Immediately
deliver a right downward heel 6. Execute a right front snapping ball kick to the
stomp to the opponent’s groin.
opponent’s right ribcage. As you snap your kick back,
Step 8 deliver a right downward heel stomp to his ribs.
From Point of Contact, pivot
counterclockwise and slide your •The right downward heel stomp is also known as an “Axe Kick”.
right foot up his body ending with
a right thrusting knife edge kick to 7. Pull your right foot off his body and plant it down beside
his chin.
his right hip as you stand up. Immediately execute a left
Step 9 front downward heel stomp to his groin and begin to
Execute a right front crossover pivot clockwise.
and double cover out.
•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right front downward
heel stomp.
VERSION 2
Step 7 8. Continue to pivot and plant your left foot down next to
Pull your right foot off his body
the opponent’s right hip. Immediately execute a right
and plant it to the outside of his
right hip. Stand up and slide your spinning back heel stomp to his ribs.
left foot (gauging leg) toward
your right foot. Immediately •Depending upon circumstances, you can deliver a right spinning
deliver a right downward heel back kick to his face.
stomp to the opponent’s groin.

Step 8 9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


Plant your right foot to the outside
of his right hip. Immediately pivot
toward 6:00.
counterclockwise and finish with
a left spinning back heel stomp
to his head or rib cage.

Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


305
GREEN BELT

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


OBSCURE CLAWS
NAME—Obscure is a term used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent an action in the Obscure Zone. This RIGHT REAR FLANK
technique utilizes clawing counter attacks within your Left Hand
opponent’s Obscure Zone. Shoulder Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outward Upward Diagonal claw Inside Left
Inward Claw
Uppercut Forearm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Transitional Left Neutral Bow Stance Right to Either
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
4:30
Outward Inverted Middle-Knuckle Fist Strike

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Front Rotating Twist Stance 16 System
Outward Heel Palm Strike & Claw 3rd Brown #20
Inward Heel Palm Strike & Claw Orthodox 24 System
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick Green #1
Front Twist Stance 32 System
Roundhouse Kick Blue #12
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
FORM LOCATION
Angle of Cancellation
Opposing Forces None
Fitting
Angular Attack
Obscure Zone

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Striking Serpent’s Head
Snakes of Wisdom
Twirling Hammers
Marriage of the Rams
Five Swords

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


306
OBSCURE CLAWS

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Another timing that may be 1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
utilized is as follows: neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Deliver a right outward
upward diagonal claw to your opponent’s face
Step 1
Execute a right outward claw to
immediately followed by a left inward claw to his face.
the opponent’s face and begin Continue the motion of your left hand and pin the
to wrap around his arm. opponent’s left hand to your right shoulder.
Step 2 •Your right foot steps to the outside of your opponent’s left leg.
Slide your right foot forward and
form a right front twist stance as •We borrow the motion of the opponent’s pull to enhance the
your right arm executes an effectiveness of your right outward claw. The outside of your right
uppercut break simultaneously arm then acts as a check against his left arm.
with a left inward heel palm and
claw to the opponent’s face.
2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right uppercut
forearm strike against the opponent’s left elbow joint.
Your left hand continues to act as a check.

3. Step forward with your left foot toward 12:00 and form a
transitional left neutral bow stance and immediately
pivot clockwise to face 4:30 in a right forward bow
stance as your right hand reverses its motion and circles
counterclockwise to deliver a right inward looping back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s right mastoid.
Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponent’s solar plexus.

•A right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponent’s


solar plexus may be inserted as the right arm orbits for the inward
looping back knuckle strike.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face


5:00.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as your right arm tracks along your left arm and
delivers a right outward inverted middle-knuckle first
strike to the opponent’s xyphoid process.

5. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 10:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


12:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


307
OBSCURE CLAWS

EXTENSION
5. Pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist
stance and deliver as you deliver a right outward heel
palm strike & claw followed by a left inward heel palm
strike & claw to his face.

6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance as you deliver a right inward heel palm strike and
claw to the left side of his face immediately followed by
a right thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of his right
knee.

7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 forming


a right front twist stance and immediately pivot
counterclockwise and execute a right roundhouse kick
to the opponent’s kidney.

8. From your roundhouse kick, execute a right front


crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


308
ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER
NAME—The term danger is used in self defense techniques ATTACK
to represent situations in which you are forced to defend FRONT
yourself from a fallen position. In this encounter you are Two Hand Push
forced to the ground after being pushed by the opponent
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
from the front.
Pushes
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Rear Break Fall Inside
Vertical Knife Edge Kick
Knife Edge Kick POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Back Thrusting Heel Kick Either to Either

Extension ATTACK DIRECTION


Neutral Bow Stance 12:00
Front Snapping Ball Kick (step through)
Vertical Punch
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Front Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike 16 System
Inward Looping Overhead Punch 3rd Brown #9
Reverse Close Kneel Stance Orthodox 24 System
Stiff Leg Kick Green #2
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #22
Purposeful Compliance
Angular Attack
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Flight to Freedom
Twist of Fate
Leap from Danger
Courting the Tiger

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


309
ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER

BASE TECHNIQUE
•In this defense, we perform a 1. React to the opponent’s push by executing a rear break
rear break fall because under the fall toward 6:00.
circumstances, that is the angle
of least resistance. 2. As the opponent proceeds to attack you while you are
•The Ideal Technique assumes
on your back, deliver a left vertical knife edge kick to his
that the opponent steps forward groin.
with his right foot as he continues
to attack. •Tuck your right leg toward your groin to protect this line of entry.

3. Immediately flip your body to your left as you


simultaneously execute a right knife edge kick under
your opponent’s jaw.

•The knife edge kick may be delivered to the opponent’s jaw, solar
plexus or knee depending upon circumstances.

•As you roll to your left side, your left foot may pin the opponent’s
right foot to the ground and hook around his ankle. Your right knife
edge kick may then be delivered to his right knee to cause a lock.
This will control his Dimensional Zones.

4. Continue to roll to your left onto your stomach and bring


your arms under your body to push yourself back toward
your opponent. As you push yourself into action, deliver
a left back thrusting heel kick to his stomach while on
your right knee.

•You may remain on your right knee or you may use both hands to
push your body into the kick and drive toward your opponent.

•As you roll to your left, your right foot can check his right foot.

5. While still on your right knee, execute a left front


crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


310
ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER

EXTENSION
5. Plant your left foot toward 12:00 and pivot
counterclockwise as you stand up and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 12:00.

6. Immediately deliver a right step through front snapping


ball kick to the opponent’s groin.

7. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance as you simultaneously deliver a right vertical
punch to the opponent’s sternum.

8. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s right temple.

•This strike loops in toward you then outward. Your right elbow will be
anchored as your fist makes contact.

9. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance


facing 12:00 as you deliver a left vertical punch to the
opponent’s solar plexus.

10. Slide your right foot forward and form a right front twist
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left outward back
knuckle strike to the opponent’s left temple.

•This strike loops in toward you then outward. Your left elbow will be
anchored as your fist makes contact.

11. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward looping
overhead punch to the opponent’s left jaw.

•Allow the right punch to continue down and in toward you.

•As you pivot counterclockwise, your left checking hand moves up to


cover his eyes to cause a Blindfold Effect.

12. Continue pivoting counterclockwise and form a right


reverse close kneel stance and immediately deliver a
right stiff leg kick to the opponent’s groin.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise and forming
a left close kneel stance.

12. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 6:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


311
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION
NAME—The term destruction is symbolically used in self- ATTACK
defense techniques to represent a left-handed action. In this FRONT
defense, your footwork will allow you to circle to a zone of Left step through
sanctuary. punch

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Parry Outside
Outward Parry
Outward Back Knuckle Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Bow Stance Right to left
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Claw ATTACK DIRECTION
Inward Handsword Strike
12:00
Front Scoop Kick
Outward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension 16 System
Step Through Knife Edge Kick 3rd Brown #19
Front Twist Stance Orthodox 24 System
Twin Heel Palm Thrusts Green #3
Heel Stomp 32 System
Front Crossover Stomp Blue #9
Close Kneel Stance
Knee Drop
FORM LOCATION
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
None
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Open Ended Triangle

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Squeezing the Peach
Retreating Pendulum
Protecting Fans
Gathering of the Snakes
Broken Rod

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


312
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance. As you step, defend with a right
inward parry followed by a left outward parry on the
outside of the opponent's left arm. Continue the
clockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to his left lower ribcage as
you settle into your stance.

•Your left hand finishes palm up hooking on top of the opponent’s left
arm at his elbow like a waiter carrying a tray.

•This action should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.

•The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual stated that you may begin this defense
either in a right neutral bow stance or standing naturally.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 1:00 with your
right foot.

•If you begin in a right neutral bow stance, your right foot will adjust
slightly toward 3:00.

•Some practitioners deliver blocks instead of parries. The principle


remains the same; however, blocks will control more of the
opponent’s Width Zone.

2. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you execute a left inward
horizontal heel palm strike to the opponent’s face.

•We are assuming that the opponent’s forward momentum has not
stopped; so, we borrow his force and deliver a left inward horizontal
heel palm strike. The heel palm contours along his arm and acts as a
simultaneous check.

•This action is Counter Balanced by cocking your right hand in a


handsword position by your right ear.

•This action should cause the opponent’s head to snap back.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.

3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left inward claw
across the opponent’s face followed by a right inward
handsword strike to the left side of his neck as you settle
into your stance.

•The use of the claw should obscure the opponent’s vision as well as
turn his head toward you. Your right handsword should stun the
opponent.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


313
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION

4. Execute a right front scoop kick to the opponent’s groin


from behind as you simultaneously deliver a left outward
thrusting heel palm strike toward his left kidney.

•The heel palm strike should make contact 1/4 beat after the kick
makes contact.

•You may insert a right inward two-finger hook to the opponent’s


right eye simultaneous with these actions.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated delivering the heel palm strike
to the opponent’s back. Some practitioners deliver this strike
between the opponent’s shoulder blades. The purpose of the heel
palm strike is to turn the opponent clockwise to give you control of
his centerline and a Line of Entry to his groin and enable you to
reach his right eye with your right hand. This dual action should
momentarily immobilize the opponent.

5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately execute a left
front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting back toward 4:00 and
an Angle of Departure in the same direction.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


314
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION

EXTENSION
5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately deliver a right step
through knife edge kick to the back of the opponent’s
left knee. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow
stance and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike
to the right side of his neck.

6. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance as you deliver twin heel palm thrusts (right hand
above left hand) to the opponent’s back to force him to
fall onto his stomach with his head pointing toward 10:30.

•As you deliver the dual heel palm thrusts, your right hand is above
with your fingers pointing in and your left hand is below with your
fingers pointing in.

•Some practitioners do not advance into a left front twist stance but
remain in the right neutral bow stance. These same practitioners
often push with their left hand above the right.

7. Execute a right heel stomp to the opponent’s lower


spine. While standing on his back with your right foot,
execute a left front crossover stomp to the back of his
neck.

•If you do not advance into a left front twist stance, you will need to
drag your left foot (gauging leg) next to your right foot before you
are able to deliver the right heel stomp.

8. Slip your left foot off to the left side of his head as you
drop your right foot back off to the right side of his right
hip. Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right
downward knee drop to his spine simultaneously with a
right thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in) to the back of
his head.

•Your right hand uses the ground as a backstop.

9. Using his back as a springboard, leap up into the air and


turn clockwise to deliver a left inward downward looping
roundhouse kick to his head.

•This kick is similar to the kick in Leap of Death.

•Your right foot will plant to the left side of his body.

10. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and


double cover out toward 4:30.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


315
DETOUR FROM DOOM
NAME—Doom is a symbolic term used in self-defense ATTACK
techniques to represent a powerful kick off the rear leg. In FRONT
this defense you will evade the path of the kick by detouring Right Roundhouse Kick
off the Line of Attack.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Neutral Bow Stance Inside
45-Degree Cat Stance
Downward Block POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Vertical Punch Right to Right
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Forward Bow Stance ATTACK DIRECTION
Vertical Punch 12:00
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Extension 16 System
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike (palm up) 3rd Brown #4
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike Orthodox 24 System
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw Green #4
Upward Lifting Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike 32 System
Blue #18
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Up the Circle
FORM LOCATION
Square in Circle
None
Jamming

RELATED TECHNIQUES
Swinging Pendulum
Deceptive Panther
Reversing Circles
Fatal Deviation
Alternating Maces
Five Swords

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


316
DETOUR FROM DOOM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot
counterclockwise (Up the Circle) toward 4:30 and form a
right 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously
deliver a left downward block to the inside of the
opponent’s right leg as you deliver a right vertical punch
to his face.

•Your left foot slides toward 4:30 to set the angle and slides toward
10:30 to set the distance.

•This action should injure the opponent’s right leg as well as drive his
face backward.

•This defensive action is an example of beating action by meeting it.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.

2. Without hesitation deliver a right front snapping ball kick


to the opponent’s groin.

•The opponent will bend forward at the waist.

•Some practitioners deliver a right front snapping instep kick to the


opponent’s groin.

3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a
right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical
punch to the opponent’s solar plexus as your right arm
checks horizontally on top of the opponent’s arms.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
10:00.

4. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 as you deliver a right


outward back knuckle strike to his stomach.

•Some practitioners add a left outward horizontal heel palm claw


across the left side of the opponent’s face simultaneously with the
back knuckle strike.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


317
DETOUR FROM DOOM

5. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow


stance facing 9:00 as your left hand hooks behind the
opponent’s neck and pulls him downward. Continue the
counterclockwise circle of your right arm and deliver a
right inward overhead hammerfist strike to the back of
the opponent’s neck.

•This strike will cause the opponent to drop to the ground.

•Some practitioners deliver the hammerfist strike to the left hinge of


the opponent’s jaw.

6. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


3:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


318
DETOUR FROM DOOM

EXTENSION
6. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
your right hammerfist hooks and pulls the opponent into
a left thrusting heel palm strike (palm up) to the left side
of the opponent’s jaw.

•Practitioners who choose to deliver the right hammerfist strike to the


left jaw hinge of the opponent naturally eliminate the hook behind
the opponent’s neck.

•Some practitioners deliver the left heel palm strike in an upward


manner to lift the opponent into the following right elbow strike.

7. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the
opponent’s face or left temple. Simultaneously claw
inward with your left hand and use your left hand as a
backstop to create a sandwiching effect.

•This elbow is like a punch that slips past the opponent’s face.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 8:00 with your
left foot.

8. Pivot clockwise and slide your right foot toward 4:30 to


form a left neutral bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver
a right outward horizontal back knuckle strike followed
by a left inward horizontal heel palm claw to his head
and face.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
5:00.

9. Deliver a right front snapping ball kick to the opponent’s


groin as your right arm hangs naturally along your right
side. Plant your right foot forward toward 10:30 and form
a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right upward
lifting stiff-arm back knuckle strike to his face. Your left
hand is checking

•Your right arm orbits clockwise from its previous strike to end hanging
downard past your right leg in preparation for the upward lifting stiff-
arm back knuckle strike.

10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 7:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


7:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


319
SQUATTING SACRIFICE
NAME—The term sacrifice is used in self defense techniques ATTACK
to indicate that the defensive actions pose a high risk of REAR
injury because the opponent’s hold/lock has been Bear Hug
established. In this defense, the opponent presses you with arms free
forward causing you to squat downward.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Base
Inside
Horse Stance
Inward Downward Elbow Strikes
Reverse Close Kneel Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Forward Bow Stance Right to Either
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Stomp Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick 6:00
Extension
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Neutral Bow Stance
16 System
Shovel Kick
Slicing Knife Edge Kick 3rd Brown #12
Rear Spinning Back Thrust Kick Orthodox 24 System
Green #5
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 32 System
Opposing Forces Blue #10
Leveraging
Angle of Disturbance FORM LOCATION
Contact Manipulation
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crashing Wings
Tripping Arrow
Twist of Fate
Twirling Sacrifice
Leap of Death

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


320
SQUATTING SACRIFICE

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as your right and left inward downward
elbow strikes to the opponent’s forearms.

•Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.

2. Squat onto the opponent’s right knee and bend forward


to grab his right ankle with both of your hands and pull
upward causing him to fall. As the opponent falls, shift
into a concave stance to prevent an Angle of Entry into
your groin.

•The pulling and squatting action creates a leveraging action on his


right leg causing him to fall.

•After the opponent falls, squat onto his right knee to cause a
dislocation or break.

3. Twist the opponent’s right ankle clockwise. Immediately


circle your right foot clockwise and plant it toward 7:30
to form a right reverse close kneel stance.

•When you twist the opponent’s ankle, push down on his toes with
your left hand and pull up on his ankle with your right hand.

•Attempt to rake across the opponent’s face as your right foot circles
toward 7:30.

•Plant your right foot on the left side of the opponent near his hip.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
7:00.

4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance


facing 6:00 as you complete your twist on his ankle and
force him onto his stomach.

5. While maintaining the grab on his right ankle, step


forward with your left foot toward 4:30 alongside his
body and form a left close kneel stance. Grab the
opponent’s left wrist with your left hand.

•Plant your left foot on the left side of his body under his left arm pit.
Slide your left foot forward to force his left arm upward.

•Drop your right knee onto his back to control the opponent while
you grab his left wrist. Pull upward on the opponent’s left arm and
right leg to create pain before rising upward for the next move. This
will control the opponent through pain as well as structurally
defeating his defensive actions.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


321
SQUATTING SACRIFICE

6. Support your weight on your left leg as you cock your


right leg in the air. Immediately deliver a right downward
stomp kick to the opponent’s lower spine as you pull
upward on the opponent’s left arm and right leg.

7. Execute a right front crossover sweep kick and stomp to


his left arm and double cover out toward 4:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


4:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


322
SQUATTING SACRIFICE

EXTENSION
•Some practitioners insert the 5. After your right downward stomp to his lower spine,
following actions: execute a right front crossover sweep and stomp kick to
his left arm and step toward 3:00 with your left foot to
After the right front crossover
stomp to the opponent’s left arm
face 9:00 in a right neutral bow stance.
and the left step to 3:00…
•After the stomp, slide your right foot off and plant it above his left
Step 5a arm.
Slide your right foot back to
deliver a right reverse bow sweep 7. Immediately deliver a left shovel kick to the opponent’s
to clear his left arm.
jaw or lower portion of his head.
Step 5b
Slide your right foot (gauging 8. Plant your left foot down (gauging leg) and execute a
leg) beside your left foot and right slicing knife edge kick to the opponent’s left jaw
deliver a left shovel kick to the hinge.
opponent’s head.

9. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and deliver a


left rear spinning back thrust kick to his right temple.

•It is assumed that at this point the opponent as turned and rolled
onto his back in reaction to our strikes.

10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out


toward 3:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


323
ESCAPE FROM DEATH
NAME—The term death is used in self-defense techniques in ATTACK
circumstances that may result in a person’s death. This REAR
defense teaches you how to escape from a life-threatening Two Hand Cross Choke
choke.
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Horse Stance Inside
Back Elbow Strike
Reverse Close Kneel Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Inward Hammerfist Strike Left to Right
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Thrusting Knee Kick 6:00
Extension
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Snapping Knife Edge Kick
Front Twist Stance 16 System
Outward Heel Palm Strike and Claw 2nd Brown #6
Upward Knee Kick Orthodox 24 System
Stomp Kick Green #6
32 System
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES Blue #11
Grafting
Contouring
FORM LOCATION
Leveraging
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crashing Wings
Crushing Hammer
Twirling Sacrifice
Grip of Death
Kneel of Compulsion

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


324
ESCAPE FROM DEATH

BASE TECHNIQUE
•Depending upon the 1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
circumstances, the left hand can chest as you grab and pull the opponent’s right wrist
deliver a left outward upward downward with your right hand. Simultaneously step to
diagonal elbow strike to the
opponent’s face after the left
3:00 with your right foot and form a horse stance and
back elbow strike to his solar deliver a left back elbow strike to his solar plexus.
plexus. Continue to circle your left
arm counterclockwise and end •Anchor your right arm to generate more power for the downward
with a left inward hammerfist pull.
strike to his right kidney as you
simultaneously pin his right arm to 2. Circle your left leg around and behind the opponent’s
your body. From this point,
right leg (“cat around”) and form a left reverse close
continue in the same manner
described in the text. kneel stance facing 7:30. As you settle into your stance,
deliver a left inward hammerfist strike to the opponent’s
left kidney simultaneously with a right inward hammerfist
strike to his groin.

•Use your left reverse close kneel stance to check the opponent’s
right knee with your left knee to control his Width Zone.

•A left outward back knuckle strike may be delivered to his right rib
cage as your left hand passes behind the opponent in preparation
for the hammerfist strike. Time this to occur with your left reverse
close kneel stance.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated forming a left reverse close
kneel stance facing 7:00.

3. Circle your left hand over the opponent’s right shoulder


and use the fingers of your left hand to press the nerves
under his nose to fulcrum his head backward and
downward.

•Use the opponent’s right shoulder as a pivot point for your fulcrum.

•Depending upon circumstances, you may also grab the opponent’s


hair hear his forehead or use your fingers into his eye sockets to
fulcrum his head backward and downward.

4. Pivot counterclockwise and face 7:30 in a left forward


bow stance as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm
strike to the opponent’s chin while your left hand slides
down his right arm ending with a check at his right
elbow.

5. Deliver a right thrusting knee kick to the outside of the


opponent’s groin or right thigh.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


325
ESCAPE FROM DEATH

6. Plant your right foot to Point of Origin and execute a left


front crossover and double cover out toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


326
ESCAPE FROM DEATH

EXTENSION
6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) slightly backward and
deliver a left snapping knife edge kick to the inside of
the opponent’s left knee.

•This action buckles the opponents’ leg and drops his head toward
you.

7. Plant your left foot back to 3:00 and form a right front
twist stance as you execute a left outward heel palm
strike and claw to the opponent’s face to bring him
toward you.

8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right inward


hammerfist strike to his head to turn him clockwise so his
back will face you. Immediately deliver a right upward
knee kick to the back of his head or neck. Use your
hands to assist you in this action.

•It is assumed that the opponent turns 180-degrees in reaction to the


hammerfist strike.

•After the knee kick, the opponent falls forward onto both of his
knees. This gives you the target for the final strike.

9. Deliver a right stomp kick to his right ankle or foot.

10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out


toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


327
BRUSHING THE STORM
NAME—The term storm is used in self-defense techniques to ATTACK
symbolically represent a club (stick) attack. In this defense, RIGHT FLANK
you will utilize an inward parry, also known as a brush block, Right Step Through
to ward off the attack. Overhead Club

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Inverted Neutral Bow Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inward Parry Outside
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Close Kneel Stance POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Vertical Elbow Strike Right to Right
Neutral Bow Stance
Underhand Heel Palm Strike ATTACK DIRECTION
Front Snapping Ball Kick
3:00
Knife-Edge Kick

Extension CURRICULUM PLACEMENT


Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike 16 System
Front Crossover Stomp 3rd Brown #14
Slicing Knife-Edge Kick Orthodox 24 System
Rear Stomp Green #7
Front Twist Stance 32 System
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick Blue #15
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
FORM LOCATION
RELATED TECHNIQUES Form 5
Triggered Salute
The Back Breaker
Defensive Cross
Kneel of Compulsion
Escape from the Storm

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


328
BRUSHING THE STORM

BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form an
inverted right neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry to the outside of the opponent’s right arm
simultaneously with a right thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponent’s jaw.

•Your right arm will end under and inside the opponent’s right arm
from Point of Origin.

•This strike will stop the opponent’s forward body momentum and
snap his head back. This will force the opponent upward on his toe;
thus, controlling his Height Zone. It will also arch his back exposing his
sternum and solar plexus for attack.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
right foot.

2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left close
kneel stance as you deliver a right vertical elbow strike
to the opponent’s solar plexus. Continue to check the
opponent’s right arm with your left hand.

•Utilize a collapsing elbow as you deliver this strike downward elbow


strike. This strike should take the wind out of the opponent.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 to form a
left close kneel stance.

3. Pivot clockwise to form a right neutral bow stance facing


7:30 as you simultaneously deliver a left heel palm strike
to his right shoulder blade simultaneously with a right
underhand heel palm strike to his groin.

•The right heel palm strike to the groin will cause the opponent to
bend forward at the waist. The left heel palm strike to his shoulder
blade will assist in forcing him to bend forward.

•The 1987 IKKA Red Manual indicated remaining in the left close
kneel stance while delivering the right underhand heel palm strike.
This was a late change to the technique.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face 8:00
in a right neutral bow stance.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


329
BRUSHING THE STORM

4. Without hesitation, continue to pivot clockwise and


immediately slide your right foot back toward 1:30 and
form a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30. As you move,
slide your right hand to a point just below his knee cap
and simultaneously pull with your right hand as you push
forward with your left hand at his right hip.

•This pull/push action will force the opponent to bend forward with his
right leg in the air. The opponent’s head should be below the level of
his leg to control his Height Zone. Keep his leg up to control his Height
and pull on his leg to control his Depth.

•Depending upon circumstances, your left hand may push on the


opponent’s right shoulder blade.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back
toward 2:00 to form a left neutral bow stance facing 8:00.

5. While controlling the opponent’s right leg with your right


hand, deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the
opponent’s groin.

•This strike will begin to buckle the opponent to the ground.

•A left front snapping instep kick may also be used.

6. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a


right knife-edge kick to the back of the opponent’s left
knee.

•Plant your left foot into a modified left front rotating twist stance to
gauge for distance and angle.

•This kick will buckle his left knee to the ground.

7. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 1:30.

•The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward


2:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


330
BRUSHING THE STORM

EXTENSION
7. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the opponent’s right kidney. Immediately
drop into a right close kneel stance as you bend forward
and grab his left ankle with your left hand.

•The elbow strike should force the opponent forward onto his
stomach.

•Your right knee will check against the opponent’s right leg or hip.

8. With your left hand around the left side of his ankle,
place your right hand in the bend of his left knee and
pull upward to stretch him out. Without hesitation, slide
your right hand down to the top of his left foot and grab
near his toes. Immediately pivot clockwise to form a right
forward bow stance and pull up with your right hand (on
his ankle) and push down with your left (on his toes) to
roll him onto his back.

9. Immediately execute a left front crossover stomp to his


right knee. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and
immediately deliver a right slicing knife edge kick to his
groin.

•If the opponent’s legs are spread very wide, plant your left foot to
the inside of his right knee. If his legs are not spread wide, then plant
to the outside.

•If you plant your left foot on the outside of his right leg, then deliver
your right sliding knife edge kick up his leg to act as a check.

10. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) to the right side of his
body and immediately pivot counterclockwise to deliver
a left rear stomp to his stomach.

11. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) behind your right leg
(toward 6:00) to form a right front twist stance. Pivot
counterclockwise to deliver a right downward looping
roundhouse kick to the opponent’s face.

•Some practitioners plant their left foot near the opponent’s body
and pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance
in prepartation for the roundhouse kick. This method has the
advantage assisting with Continuity of Motion.

12. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover


and double cover out toward 5:00.

Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin


331
MENACING TWIRL
NAME—In this defense, you will utilize a twirling maneuver to ATTACK
break from the opponent’s grip. During this action, you will REAR
penetrate and attack the opponent’s centerline. Left Hand Belt Grab

WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
BASICS
Grabs and Tackles
Base
Rear Twist Stance DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Forward Bow Stance Inside Left
Outward Downward Block
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Thrusting Knee Kick Right to Either
Inward Upward Diagonal Knee Kick
Stomp Kick ATTACK DIRECTION
Extension
6:00
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Upward Snapping Forearm Strike CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
Downward Hammerfist Strike 16 System
Inward Hooking Punch 2nd Brown #1
Reverse Bow Stance Orthodox 24 System
Green #8
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES